高中英语总复习知识点精讲精析与高考试题预测 大纲版409页

高中英语总复习知识点精讲精析与高考试题预测 大纲版409页

目 录 ‎ 第一册(上)‎ ‎ Unit 1 Good friends ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……2‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………5‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………6‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………6‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………6‎ ‎ Unit 2 English around the world ‎ ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………8‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………9‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………12‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………… …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………12‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……13‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………13‎ ‎ Unit 3 Going piaces ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………15‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………16‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………18‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………18‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………20‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………20‎ ‎ Unit 4 Unforgettabie experiences ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………21‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………21‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………23‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………25‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………26‎ ‎ Ⅵ．考情预测 "年高考题预测………………一……………………………………………………………………… ………………………………26‎ ‎ Unit 5 The Silver screen ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………27‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………27‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………29‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………30‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………31‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………31‎ ‎ Unit 6 Good manners ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………33‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………33‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………35‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………35‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………36‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………36‎ ‎ Unit 7 Cuiturai relics ‎ I．单元知识点全览……一………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………37‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………37‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………39‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………41 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………42‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………42‎ ‎ Unit 8 Sports ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………43‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………43‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 46‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………46‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………47‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………… …47‎ ‎ Unit 9 Technoiogy ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………48‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………48‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………52‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………52‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………53‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………53‎ ‎ Unit 10 The World around us ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………54‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………55‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………57‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………57‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………… ………………………………………………… ……………………58‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………58‎ ‎ Unit 11 The Sounds of the Word ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………59‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………59‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………62‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………62‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………63‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………63‎ Unit 12 Art and literature I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 64‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………64‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………66‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………67‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………68‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………68‎ ‎ 第1册(下)‎ ‎ Unit 13 Healthy eating ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………69‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………69‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………72‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………73‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………74‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………74‎ ‎ Unit 14 Festivals ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 75‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………75‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………一………………一………………………………………………………………………………………………………77‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 78‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………78‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 79‎ ‎ Unit 15 The neckiace ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………80‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………80‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………82‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………84‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………85‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………85‎ ‎ Unit 16 Scientists at Work ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………一…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 86‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………87‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………88‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………88‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………89‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………89‎ ‎ Unit．17 Great Women ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………90‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………90‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……一…一…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………92‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………93‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………93‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………94‎ ‎ Unit 18 New Zealand ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………95‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………95‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………97‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 97‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………98‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………98‎ ‎ Unit 19 Modern agricuiture ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………99‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……99‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………100‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………101‎ ‎ V 考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………102‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………102‎ ‎ Unit 20 Humour ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………103‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………104‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………一…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………105‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………106‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………106‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………106‎ ‎ Unit 21 Body Ianguage ‎ I．单元知识点全览一……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………107‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………107‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………109‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………110‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………110‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……一……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 110‎ ‎ Uni t 22 A World of fun ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………111‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 117‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …112‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………113‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………113‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………113‎ ‎ 第二册(上)‎ ‎ Unit 1 Making a difference ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………114‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………115‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………117‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………119‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………9‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………120‎ ‎ Unit 2 News media ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………121‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………122‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………一………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 124‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………125‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………125‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 126‎ ‎ Unit 3 Art and architecture ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………127‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………128‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………130‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………130‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………131‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………131‎ ‎ Unit 4 A garden of poems ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………132‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………133‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………………135‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………136‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………137‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………137‎ Unit 5 The britishisles I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………138‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…一………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………138‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………141‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 142‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………143‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………144‎ ‎ Unit 6 Life in the future ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………145‎ Ⅱ．考点过关-．一…………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………145‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………149‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………149‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………150‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………150‎ Unit 7 Living With disease I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………152‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………153‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………155‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………157‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……157‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………157‎ ‎ Unit 8 Firstaid ‎ ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 159‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………160‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………162‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………163‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………163‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………164‎ ‎ Unit 9 Saving the earth ‎ ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………165‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………165‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………168‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………169‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………169‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………170‎ ‎ UnI t 10 Frightelling nature ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………171‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………171‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 173‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………175‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………175‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………175‎ ‎ 第二册(下) ‎ ‎ Unit 1 1 Scientific achlevemefits ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………177‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………177‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 179‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………一……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………180‎ ‎ V．考题类型～网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………180‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………180‎ ‎ Unit 12 Fact and fantasy ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………182‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………182‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………185‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………186‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………186‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………186‎ ‎ Uni t 13 The Water pianet ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………188‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………188‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………190‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………192‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………193‎ ‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………193‎ ‎ Unit 14 Freedom fighters ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………195‎ ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………195‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………198‎ ‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………198‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………… 一…………………198‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………199‎ Unit 15 Destlnatiofis ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………200‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………一一…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 200‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………一203‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………205 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……205‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………206‎ ‎ Unit 16 The united states of Amerlca ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………207‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………207‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………210‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………211 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………211‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………212‎ Unit 17 Disabilities ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………213‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………213‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………216‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………216 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………217‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………217‎ Unit 18 lnventioils ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………219‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………219‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………222‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………222 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……223‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………223‎ Unit 19 The Merchant of venice ‎ I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………225‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………225‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………228‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………228 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………228‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………228‎ Unit 20 A rchaeoiogy ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………230‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………230‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………233‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………233 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………233‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………234‎ ‎ 第三册 Unit 1 That must be a record ‎ I．单元知识点全览 ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………236‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………………237‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………240‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………241 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………242‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………242‎ Unit 2 Crossing I Imits ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………244‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………244‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 246‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………249‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………250‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………250‎ ‎ Unit 3 The land down under ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………252‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………253‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 255‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………256‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………257‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………257‎ Unit 4 Green Worid I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………259‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………259‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………262‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………263‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………263‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………263‎ Unit 5 Getting the message I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………265‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………265‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 267‎ Ⅳ．专题探究…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………268‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………269‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………269‎ ‎ Unit 6 Going West ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………271‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………271‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………274‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………275‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………276‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………276‎ Unit 7 A Christmas Caroi ‎ I．单元知识点全览 …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………278‎ Ⅱ．考点过关一…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………278‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………280‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………281 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………282‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………282‎ Unit 8 Learning a foreign Ianguage ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………284‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………284‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………287‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………287 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………288‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………288‎ Unit 9 Heaith care ‎ I．单元知识点全览……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………289‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………289‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………292‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………294 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………294‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………295‎ Unit 10 American Iiterature I．单元知识点全览…………………………………………………………………………………………………_…………………………296‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………296‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………298‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………298‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………299‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………299‎ Unit 11 Key to success I．单元知识点全览……………一………………………………………………………………………………………………………………300‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………301‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………303‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………303‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………303‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测…………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………303‎ ‎ Unit 12 Education ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………305‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……一……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………305‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………307‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………308‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………308‎ Ⅵ：2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………309‎ ‎ Unit 13 The myStery of the Moonstone ‎ I．单元知识点全览 ………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………310‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………310‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………313‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………313‎ V．考题类型一网打尽…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 314‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………315‎ ‎ Unit 14 Zooiogy ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………316‎ Ⅱ．考点过关……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………316‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………318‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………319‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………320‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………320‎ ‎ Unit 15 Popuiar youth cui ture ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………327‎ Ⅱ．考点过关………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………321‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………………323‎ Ⅳ．专题探究………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………325‎ ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………325‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………325‎ ‎ Unit 16 Finding jobs ‎ I．单元知识点全览………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………327‎ Ⅱ．考点过关…………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………327‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………329‎ Ⅳ．专题探究……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… ……………330 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽……………………………………………………………………………………………… ………………………331‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………331‎ 附：高考听力专项讲练……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………333‎ 参考答案及点拨……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………367‎ 附录：错题反思录…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………377‎ 第一册 Unit 1 Good friends I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．honesty 2．bravery 3．10yalty 4．wisdom 5．argument 6．desert；desert 7．feel 8．adventurous9．informal 高考须掌握的短语：1．fond 2．order 3．about/for 4．as 5．for 6．a lie/lies 7．speech 8．drop 9．with；about/over 10．ofll．into Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．argue vi．&vt．争论；辩论；力劝 eg：‎ ‎ They argued with each other about the justice of the war．‎ ‎ 他们争论这场战争是否正义。‎ ‎ The two sides are arguing the case．‎ ‎ 双方正在辩论这个案子。‎ ‎ He argued her into/out of her decision．‎ ‎ 他极力劝她作出/放弃她的决定。‎ 相关链接：argument n．争论；论据 用法拓展：argue with sb．about/over sth．同某人辩论某事 ‎ argue for/against…为/为反对……而辩论 ‎ argue sb．into/out of…力劝某人干/不干……‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 I don't know what Ann was arguing ‎ ‎ A, with them B. to them C. to them about D. with them about 考题1-2. The workers _ _ for the right tostrike.‎ ‎ A. quarrelled B. discussed C. argued D. agreed 考题1-3 All his friends argued him leaving his job. but he insisted on having a change.‎ ‎ A. with B. about C. out of D. into 考题1—1点拨：答案为D。argue with sb．about/over sth．是固定搭配，“同某人辩论莱事”。what在句中充当一个名词的作用，作 with的宾语。句意为；“我不知道安正在同他们辩论什么。”‎ 考题1—2点拨：答案为c。argue for．一是固定搭配，“为……而辩论”。quarrel争吵；discuss讨论；agree同意，这几个动词用在此处搭配和句意均不符。句意为：“工人们为了争取罢工的权利而辩论。”‎ 考题1—3点拨：答案为C。A和B搭配错误。D项argue sb．into．一力劝莱人干……，与后面“坚持换一下工作”矛盾’。c项argue sb．out of…力劝某人不干……，与后丰句意思相吻合。句意为：“他所有的朋友都力劝他不要离开目前的工作岗位，但他坚持要换一下 工作。” ‎ ‎2．share vt．＆．vi．分享；共有；分配 n．共享；份额eg：‎ ‎ I have to share the bathroom with the rest of the family．‎ ‎ 我必须跟家人共用浴室。‎ ‎ If you want a share in/of the pay，you'll have to do your fair share of the work． ‎ ‎ 如果你想分得一份报酬的话，就得做工作中你该分担的那一部分。‎ ‎ The shares have gone up three points since yesterday．‎ ‎ 自昨天以来这些股份涨了三个点。‎ 相关链接：share”．分得的一份；应分担或承受的一份；一份责任；一份功劳；股份(可数)用法拓展：share sth．with sb．和某人共享/共同担当某事 考题2-1 (典型例题 ) Let Harry play with your toys as well, clareyou must learn to ‎ ‎ A. support B. care C. spare D. share 考题2-2 (典型例题)In a way I can see what you mean,even though I don't your point of view.‎ ‎ A. permit B. share C. agree D. recognize 考题2-3 ( 典型例题 ) Working for the coun-try, one must learn to all his knowledge with the whole scientific world.‎ ‎ A. spare B. give C. share D. devote 考题2—1点拨：答案为D。support支撑；支持，care关心；注意，spare抽出；匀出，share分享，共有。句意为：“克莱尔，让哈里和你一起玩你的玩具，你必须学着(与人)分享。” ‎ 考题2—2点拨：答案为B。permit允许；容许，share分享；分担，agree同意，recognize辨认；认出。词组share one's point of view与某人有共同观点。句意为：“尽管我与你没有共同观点，但在某种意义上我还是能理解你的意思。”‎ 考题2—3点拨；答案为c。spare匀出；抽出，give给。share分享；共有evote奉献；专用于。句意为：“为国家工作时，一个人必须学会把他的知识与整个科技界共享。”‎ ‎3．lie n．谎话；谎言eg：‎ ‎ He told a 1ie/lies the other day．几天前他撒谎了。相关链接：lie v．说谎liar n．说谎者用法拓展：lie v．躺；卧；坐落lay v．放；置；产卵；下蛋特别提醒；注意这几个动词的词形变化 ‎ lie v．撒谎→lied；lied；lying ‎ lie v．躺；臣;坐落→lay；Iain；lying ‎ lay v．放；置；产卵；下蛋→1aid；1aid；laying 。‎ 考题3-1 (典型例题Have you heard of one kind of animal that eggs but its young ‎ its milk?‎ ‎ A. laies; feeds; with B. lay; feed; on C. lays; feed; with D. lays; feeds; on 考题3-2 (典型例题She her way out of trouble.‎ ‎ A, lies B. lay C. lays D. laid 考题3—1点拨：答案为D。lay eggs产卵；下蛋。feed sb．on sth．用……来喂养……。‎ 考题3—2点拨：答案为A。lie用作动词，在此句中表示“撒谎”，lie one's way out of trouble表示“靠说谎来摆脱困境”。‎ ‎4．imagine ut．想像；设想；料想 eg：‎ ‎ I CaD imagine the scene cIearly in my mind．‎ ‎ 我能在脑海中清晰地想像出那种景象。‎ ‎ Can you l’magine George cooking the dinner?‎ ‎ 你能想像乔治做饭的样子吗? ‎ 相关链接：imagination n．‎ 想像；想像力用法拓展：imagine sth．想像某事 imagine doing/one's doing想像做某事/某人做某事特别提醒：imagine不能直接跟不定式 考题4-1 (典型例题) I can hardly imagine Peter across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.‎ ‎ A. sail B: to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed 考题4-2 ( 典型例题 ) Imagine at the top of the hill, and what w6nderful views you will see. ‎ A. standing B. stand C. to stand D. stood 考题4—1点拨：答案为c。imagine后接动名词的复合结构作宾语，在口语中可用宾格代替动名词复合结构中的所有格，即imagine Peter(’s)sailing。句意为：“我简直难以想像出彼得在五天之内横渡大西洋。”‎ 考题4—2点拨：答案为A。imagine doing想像干某事，固定结构。 ‎ 二、重点短语 ‎5．make sb．happy令某人感到高兴 eg：He made me happy by making faces．他通过做鬼脸让我感到高兴。‎ 用法拓展：make十宾语+adj．使宾语……‎ ‎ make+宾语+do sth．使(让)某人做某事 ‎ make+宾语+done使(让)某事物被…… ‎ ‎ make it clear that…把……弄清楚特别提醒：当make s b．do用于被动句时，do前应加上to。‎ 考题5-1 (典型例题)The shop owvner will make all these ordered TV sets__ to the customers today.‎ ‎ A. deliver B. delivered C. delivering D. being delivered 考题5-2 (典型例题)What he said at the meeting made us ‎ ‎ A. puzzle B. puzzling C. puzzled D. to puzzle 考题5—1点拨：答案为B。make+宾语+过去分词充当宾补。表示“使某事被做”。‎ 考题5—2点拨：答案为c。make+宾语+adj．充当宾补。puzzling令人迷惑的，puzzled感到迷惑的。句意为：“他在会议上的发言 使我们深感迷惑。”‎ ‎6．reason for………的理由eg：‎ ‎ What is the reason for his being late?他迟到的理由是什么?‎ 用法拓展：for…reason由于……的原因 ‎ the reason why………的原·因 ‎ The reason why…is/was that…做……的原因是……特别提醒：the reason(s)后的表语从句要用that引导．不用be cause引导。‎ 考题6-2 (典型例题分)Please give me your rea- son_ you weren't here yesterday. ."‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. why D. for that 考题6-2 (典型例题)The reason he came late for school was he had to take his sick mother to hospital.‎ ‎ A. that； why B. why.; because C. why; that D. that; because ‎ 考题6—1点拨：答案为C。reason作先行词，后接why引导的定语从句。‎ ‎ 考题6—2点拨；答案为c。why引导定语从句修饰先行词reason，that引导表语从句。‎ ‎ 总结提示：reason作先行词时，与介词for或why从句搭配，译作“……的原因”。‎ ‎7．make a Iist of将……列于表上；列单子eg：‎ ‎ You should make a list of the thra you you must do．你应该把要做的事情列个清单。‎ 用法拓展：put…on a Iist编……的目录 make a 1ist—list v．‎ 列单子特别提醒：make an answer=answer v回答 make an arrangement—arrange v安排 ‎ make a change—change u．改变 make a choice—choose v．选择 ‎ make an examination—examine v．检查 make a suggestion—suggest v．建议 考题7 The secretary a list of the boss's arrangements for the week.‎ ‎ A. had B. made C. caught D. raised 考题7点拨：答案为B。此题中make a Iist of列出……，是固定词组。句意为：“秘书把本周老板的活动安排列了出来。”‎ ‎8．be fond of喜欢；喜爱eg：she is fond of pop music．她喜欢流行音乐。‎ 用法拓展：fond作形容词也可修饰名词，但意义不同，eg：‎ ‎ a fond look温柔的(深情的)眼神特别提醒．be fond of后接名词或动名词。‎ 考题8 The piano he is ford of was bought at a high price.‎ ‎ A. play B. played C. being played D. playing 考题8点拨：答案为D。the piano作先行词，在定语从句that/which he is fond of playing中作宾语，that/which可省掉。句意为：“他喜欢弹的那架钢琴是以高价买来的。”‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎9．I hate hiking and Im not into classical milsic．我不喜欢徒步旅行，对古典音乐也不感兴趣。‎ ‎ hate表示“不喜欢，不愿意”时，其后既可跟动名词，又可跟不定式。接动名词时，侧 ‎ 重于指一种笼统的概念，经常性的事情或一般倾向；而后接不定式时，侧重于表示。一时性或特定的具体行为。 eg： I hate to say so，but rea’lly I have no time to go with you．‎ ‎ 我不想这么说，但我确实没时间和你一起去。‎ ‎ I hate speaking before a big audience．‎ ‎ 我不大喜欢在大庭广众面前讲话。‎ 用法拓展：表爱憎的动词like/hate/love用法相同。特别提醒：enjoy后只接名词或动名词。‎ 考题9 (典型例题 ) ld love to the cinema with you, Dad. "‎ ‎ --Sorry, my darling, but the film is intend- ed for adults only.‎ ‎ A. to go B. go C. going D. to have gone 考题9点拨：答案为A。此对话中运用了口语would love/like to do sth．想干亲事，从后面Dad的答语中可看出，看电影的事情还未总结提示：本单元谈论的话题中涉及了很多表示“喜欢”与“厌恶”的表迭法，如 ‎ ‎ 四、重点句型 ‎10．so+do动词+主语表示“也……”eg：‎ ‎ Tom studies hard，and so does Mary．汤姆学习很刻苦，玛丽也是如此。‎ 用法拓展：(1)so+do(be，have，can，will等助动词，情态动词)+主语表示同样肯定的看法或做法 ‎ (2)neither/nor+do(be，have，can，will等助动词，情态动词)+主语 表示同样否定的看法或做法 ‎ ‎ (3)so it is/was with sb． so it is/was the same with sb． 用于既有肯定又有否定或既有系动词又有实义动词的情况eg：‎ ‎ John Iikes fish but he doesn't Iike pork，so it is with Mary．‎ ‎ 约翰喜欢吃鱼肉，但不喜欢吃猪肉，玛丽也是如此。‎ ‎ John was born in the countryside but he grew up in Beijiing．and so it was the ‎ same with Mary．约翰出生在农村，但在北京长大，玛丽也是如此。‎ ‎ (4)so+主语+do(be，have，can，will)表示对前文提及的情况给予肯定eg：· rrom speaks English well，and so he does．汤姆讲英语很好，是的．的确如此。‎ ‎ His handWEiting is good，and so it is．他的书法很好，是的，的确如此。‎ ‎ (5)主语+do+so表示该句中的主语重复了前文中的动作 eg：The teacher asked ‎ me to fetch some chalk，and I did so．老师让我去取些粉笔，我去了。特别提醒：掌握本组语言点的用法关键在于：(1)so用于肯定句，neither/nor用于否定句；‎ ‎ (2)分清是“赞同”还是“另一主语的情况也如此”；(3)前后两分句的时态应保持一致。‎ 考题10-1 (典型例题分)---You seem to have known all about the accident. __‎ ‎ A. So I have B. So I do C. So have I D. So do I 考题10-2 (典型例题)‎ ‎ I seldom watch TV, but listen to the radio a lot. ‎ ‎ A. So do I B. Neither do I C. Im the same D. So it is with me 考题10—1点拨：答案为A。答语中赞同前者的叙述，主语没有发生变化(是同一个人)，因此不用倒装形式。‎ 考题10一2点拨：答案为D。本题首句有两个分句，第一个分句舍有否定词seldom，but后的分句叉是肯定句，因此既不能选A，也不能选B，而用so it is with…来表达。so it is with sb．/sth．表示后面的人或事与前面所说的情况一致，意为“某人也是如此”。‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎11．especially，speciaIly specially表示为了一个特别的目的。espec—ially强调特别地，尤其。 eg：‎ ‎ This dictionary is speciaily meant for forelgn learners of Chinese．‎ ‎ 这本字典是专门提供给外国人学汉语使用的。‎ ‎ No’lse is unpleasant，especially when you are trying t6 sleep．‎ ‎ 噪音令人不舒服，尤其是你想睡觉的时候。 ‎ 考题11 (典型例题)It's always dif-ficult being in a foreign country if you don't speak the language.‎ ‎ A. extremely B. naturally C. basically D. especially 考题11点拨：答案为D。本题考查语句的理解和副词辨析。It是形式主语，真正的主语为being in a foreign country；extremely非常地；naturally自然地；basically基本地；especially特别地，尤其。句意为：“身在异国他乡是很难的，特别是在你语言不通的情况下。”‎ l2．toomuch，much too too ‎ much：作定语，修饰不可数名词，或可单独在句中作主语、宾语及表语；或作状语，位于不及物动词后修饰不及物动词。‎ ‎ much too：“太、十分”，在句中只能作状语修饰形容词和副词。‎ 特别提醒：too much用法同much；much too的用法同too。‎ 考题12-1(典型例题)It was late to catch a bus after the party, therefore we called a taxi.‎ ‎ A, too very B. much too C. too much D. far much 考题12-2 用 much too,too much 填空 ‎ (1) The price of the computers is high.‎ ‎ (2)The lady spent money on new clothes.‎ ‎ (3)The trip is for the old man.‎ ‎ (4) Having worked all night,he was _ _tired to keep his eyes open.‎ ‎ (5) has been said about the performances last night.‎ ‎ 考题12—1点拨：答案为B。rfluch too副词短语，修饰形容词late。句意为：“晚会之后要赶上公交车太晚了，因此我们就叫了辆出租车。” ‎ 考题12—2点拨：(1)mueh too (2)too much(3)too mueh(4)much too(5)Too mueh①much too+adj或adv． ②too mueh +不可数名词 ③be too mach for sb．对某人来说太过分了，说明某人“完不成，干不了，”等。‎ ‎ 总结提示：too much用法同much；much too用法同too.‎ ‎13．beautiful，pretry，handsome，lovely beautiful，pretty，handsome，Iovely都有“美”的意思，但含义有所不同，各用于不同的对象。‎ ‎ (1)beautiful最普通，一般用于女性，亦可用于物。 eg：a beautiful woman(face，flower，pinture)美丽的妇女(面孔、花儿、图画)，beautifuI scenery美丽的风景 ‎ (2)pretty通常形容小孩、青年女子或比较细小的东西，含有娇小、悦人、精致的美。’ eg：‎ a pretty child(girl，house)漂亮的小孩(姑’娘，房子)；She looks pre}ty in that new dress．她穿着那件新衣服看上去很漂亮；(3)handsome一般形容男性，有“英俊”、“漂亮”之意；(4)lovely通常用来形容能引起赞美、赞叹等感情的人或物，也常用来形容或描写女人的容貌。 eg：She is a lovely girl．她是一位可爱的女孩。‎ ‎ What lovely weather!多好的天气啊!‎ 考题1 用 beautiful, pretty, hand-some, lovely填空 ‎ (1) Your husband is very ‎ ‎ (2)She looks in that hat.‎ ‎ (3)What a baby it is!‎ ‎ (4)There are so many flowers in the shop.‎ 考题13点拨：(1)handsome指男子的英俊之美。(2)pretty指精致、玲珑之美。(3)lovely强调“可爱的”。(4)beautiful在此用于=修饰花朵“美丽的”。掌握这四个词所适用的修饰对象及语言环境。 ‎ ‎14．jn order to，so as to二者都表示“为了……”，但区别如下：in order to引导的不定式短语既可放于句首，又可置于句后。‎ ‎ so as to引导的不定式短语只可置于句后，不可放于句首。 eg：‎ ‎ In order to catch the first bus，I got up early．‎ ‎ 为了赶上第一班车，我起了个大早。‎ ‎ I got up early in order to/so as to catch the first bus．‎ ‎ 我起了个大早，为了赶上第一班车。‎ 特别提醒：①in order to和so as to的否定式是在to前加not，即in order not to，so as not to；②in order to和so as to后只能接动词原形，如果后接目的状语从句，可用in order that或so that来引导。‎ 考题14 (典型例题)He went to the market early he could buy some fresh vegeta-bles.‎ ‎ A. in order to B. so as to C. in order that D. so as that 考题14点拨：答案为C。in order to/so as to后面不可接从句，in order that后接从句形式，没有so as that的形式。‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 直接引语和间接引语(一)‎ ‎ 引述别人的话时，一般采用两种方式：一是引用别人的原话，把它放在引号内，称为直接引语；二是用自己的话加以转述，被转述的话不放在引号内，称为间接引语。间接引语在大多数情况下是一个宾语从句。直接引语变成间接引语时，要注意以下几点：人称变化、时态变化、宾语从句要用陈述句语序。1．直接引语是陈述句，变成间接引语时，由连词that引导。 eg：‎ ‎ She said．“1 am very happy to be with you．”‎ ‎ She said that she was very happy to be with me． ‎ ‎2．直接引语是一般疑问句时，变成间接引语，由连词whether或if引导。 eg：‎ ‎ He asked me，“Do you like watching TV?”→He asked me if/whether I liked watching TV．‎ 特别提醒：大多数情况下，if和whether在引导宾语从句时可以互换，但后紧跟or not时，‎ ‎ 一般只用whether。 eg：She asked me whether or not he could do the work．‎ ‎3．直接引语是特殊疑问句，变成间接引语时，由相应的疑问词who，whom，whose，how，‎ ‎ when，why，where等引导。 eg：‎ My sister asked me．“How do you like the play?"一My s‘ister asked me how I liked the play．‎ ‎4．祈使句变间接引语，采用“动词+sb．+to do sth．”的形式，其否定形式是在不定式前加not，即“动词+sb．+not to do sth．”。表示请求时用动词ask；表示命令时用动词order/telI；表示建议时用动词advise。 eg：‎ ‎ “Follow your teacher's instructions，”Mother said to me． Mother told me to follow my teacher's instructions．‎ 特别提醒：(1)直接引语是客观事实、普遍真理等，变成间接引语时，时态仍然用一般现在时态。 eg：‎ ‎ They told their son．“The earth goes round the sun．→‎ ‎ They told their son that the earth goes round the sun．‎ ‎ (2)直接引语变间接引语时，指示代词、时间状语、地点状语等要作相应的变化。‎ ‎ this→that，these→those，now→then，today→that day，yesterday→the day be-fore，last year→xhe year before，ago→before，here→there等。 eg：‎ ‎ He said．“I haven't seen them today．”→He said that he hadnt seen them that day．‎ ‎ (3)间接引语一般要用陈述句的语序，即主、谓、宾的顺序。 eg：‎ ‎ He asked Lucy，“Where did you go?”→He asked Lucy where she went．‎ ‎ 总之，直接引语与间接引语的相互转化不能机械地理解，应根据实际的语言环境来决定所作的变化。‎ 考题1 (典型例题 ‎ Tom Hanks told his teacher that he born in 1956．‎ ‎ A．was B．had been C．is D．has been 考题2 (典型例题Linda asked Amy or not she could tell her the general ideas of the poem．‎ ‎ A．that B．whether C．if D．how 考题3 (典型例题You can never know when she received our nice birthday presents．‎ ‎ A．how she was pleased ‎ B．how excited she was ‎ C．how happy was she ‎ D．she was how interested 考题4 (典型例题The teacher told us that light faster than sound．‎ ‎ A．traveled B．had traveled C．is traveling D．travels ‎ 考题1点拨：答案为A。有明确的时间状语in 1956，陈述过去的事实，用一般过去时态。 ‎ 考题2点拨：答案为B。一般疑问句的间接引语可用if或whether引导，但与or not连用时,只能用whether。‎ 考题3点拨：答案为B。间接引语中的从句用陈述语序。‎ 考题4点拨：答案为D。间接引语是客观事实，普遍真理时，时态用一般现在时表达。‎ Ⅳ．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：如何写一封电子邮件专题详解：‎ ‎ 随着互联网的广泛运用，电脑已进入越来越多的家庭，成为一种连接世界的有用工具，电子邮件以它的快速、方便。成为我们生活中常用的交流方式。电子邮件不如书信正式，在交流中语言和格式也比较随便，但还是有一些原则要遵循：①在主题栏要写上你发的电子邮件的主题；②语言要简明扼要；③仔细检查你书写的内容，避免出现拼写及其他方面的错误；④在电子邮件的末尾署上你的名字。‎ 考题(典型例题 ‎ 假设你是李华，你的一位美国笔友Paul想在暑期来中国学习汉语，你帮他询问了暑假汉语班的情况。请根据下列要求写一封电子邮件，告诉他有关情况。‎ ‎ ※时间：7月初开始，4小时/天(周一至周五) 、‎ ‎ ※程度：三个级别(初级到高级)‎ ‎ ※授课教师经验丰富．小班上课。‎ 考题点拨：(例文)‎ ‎ Hi，Paul，‎ ‎ I am so glad that you are planning to take a summer course in China．Our university runs summer Chinese language courses ‎ at three levels。frombeginning to advanced．All the courses start in early July．Lessons will begiven in small classes of no more than ten students．You will get a lot of practice in such a class．All classes are taught by teachers with rich experi— enee in teaching foreign students．Classes meet four hours a day，five days a week—Monday through Friday．If you decide to’come or need any furtherinformation．please let me know．‎ ‎ Ii Hua 点评：①用Hi，Paul开始写电子邮件，符合电子邮件较随便的风格。 ‎ ‎②语言简明，运用run，advanced，with rich experi-ence，meet等词汇，准确、到位地表达出了要点。‎ ‎③符合电子邮件的书写格式和要求。‎ 总评：这是一篇规范的电子邮件书面表达，格式正确，要点全面，灵活运用中学生所熟悉的词汇，准确地表达出了要点内容，语言地道，流畅。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试语法 (典型例题he teacher asked us so much noise.‎ A. don't make B. not make C. not making D. not to make ‎1．D点拨：此题考查把祈使句的直接引语变为间接引语，用不定式，且否定形式为not to do sth．‎ 回顾2 测试考点10 (典型例题)Mary never does any reading in the evening, ‎ ‎ A. so does John B. John does too C. John doesn't too D. nor does John ‎2．D点拨：nor+倒装句，表示第二个人或物也不……。在否定句中不能用too，所以选项c是错误的。‎ 回顾3 测试考点10 (典型例题 Well, I do think the rabbit is a beautiful, gentle animal which can run very fast.‎ ‎ A. Soit is B. Soisit C. sodoesit D. Soit does ‎3．A点拨：so+正装句，表示同意对方的意见，意思是“是的，就是那样。”so+倒装句，表示第二人/物也同前者所描述的那样。 ‎ 回顾 4 测试考点3 (典型例题n the dark forests ,some large enough to hold several English towns.‎ ‎ A. stand many lakes B. lie many lakes C. many lakes lie D. many lakes stand ‎4．B点拨：这是倒装句，句子的主语是lakes，其语序是“介词短语+谓语(表语)+主语(名词)。”lie在此句中表示“位于”．湖泊位于/坐落于黑暗的森林中。‎ 回顾3 测试考点3 ( 典型例题) The manager hadd fallen asleep where he , without undressing.‎ ‎ A. was laying B. was lying C. had laid D. had lied ‎5．B点拨：根据所提供的情景“The manager had fallen asleep'’可判断出经理是“躺”在那儿睡觉的，要用过去进行时，表示当 时发生的动作。lay的意思是“放置”．是及物动词，后面要接宾语，因此A、C、项不正确。‎ Ⅵ．考情预测 年高考题预测． 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测预测 ‎1：share作名词的用法 ‎ 预测根据：share用作动词，在以前的高考中出现过，但用作名词，考查甚少。大纲词汇中要求学生掌握share用作名词的用法，且在实际生活中，share作名词也常用到。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：在单选题的名词辨析或完形填空题中，可能会出现share用作名词的现象，表示“分得的一份；应分担或承担的一份；一份责任；一份功劳”或者share用作可数名词，表示“股份。”‎ 预测2：使役动词+宾语+宾补结构 ‎ 预测根据：make/have/get/let+宾语+宾补结构是近几年高考的一个热点，也是中学阶段学习的一个难点。在近几年高考题中，此结构以多变的形式多次出现，并很有可能继续下去。‎ 命题角度预测：make/have/get/let+宾语+宾补的考查，会把重点放在宾补上，由什么形式来作宾补，要考查学生是否会从宾补与宾语的逻辑关系上进行推断，以及固定搭配，主动与被动句等几个方面的掌握程度，这种类型的设题会放在单项选择、完形填空和短文改错上进行考查。‎ 预测3：so/neither/nor等用于交际口语中的考查 ‎ 预测根据：在交际口语中，表示同意前者所陈述的事物的答语，经常会出现，这就会用到由so/neither/nor引导的句式。近几年高考单选题中，这种题型经常出现，需要引起我们足够的重视。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：这个要点的考查会置于单项选择上进行。命题人会从考生是否灵活掌握此种句式的用法着手设题，考查考生的基本功。考生应清楚并准确把握so用于肯定句，neither/nor用于否定句；so所引导的答语表示同意前者所说的观点时，不倒装，表示另一人/物也与前者所描述的情况一致时，要倒装。‎ 预测4：直接引语与间接引语的灵活转化问题 ‎ 预测根据：直接引语与间接引语的相互转化，体现了学生对英语这种语言的灵活运用的能力，这方面的题目可灵活设置，多角度考查。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：有些同学对直接引语和间接引语这部分语法中的有些规定掌握过死，不能灵活地根据语境作调整，这是最大的弱点。做此类题目要注意人称、时态、地点、时间几方面进行转换，这几点也是命题的要点所在。‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的话题是：“朋友与友谊”，具体涉及“如何交朋友”“什么是真正的友谊”“如何帮助解决朋友所存在的难题”等。在高考 题中此话题将以完形填空，阅读理解或书面表达的形式出现。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点1 We argued him having a second try.‎ ‎ A. to B. with C. into D. by ‎1．C点拨：argue sb．into…力劝某人干……。‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点15 All the people ran out to see ‎ ‎ A. what was the matter B. what the matter was C. how the matter was D. what's matter ‎2．A点拨；间接引语中，如果疑问词作主语，语序不变，且用于一般过去时态，故选A。‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点10 --Henry doesn't know much about computer. ‎ ‎ A. So does Mary B. So Mary does C. Neither do 1 D. Nor I do ‎3．c点拨：前半部分是疑问句，故可排除A、B项。后半部分表示我同亨利一样也不懂电脑，应该用倒装语序。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点5 --Sorry, Miss Jane. I forgot to send a letter for you.‎ ‎ --That's all right. Ill Jim to do it.‎ ‎ A. have B. let C. make D. get ‎4．D 点拨：have/let/make sb．do，而get sb．to do。固定结构。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点12 I don't like the coffee．There is sugar in it．‎ ‎ A．much too B．too much C．very much D．much more ‎5．B点拨：too much的用法同much．修饰后面的不可数名词sugar，不存在比较级的问题。‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点10 ld like to go shopping with you，but I have a meeting ．‎ ‎ 一If you don't go，‎ ‎ A．to attend；nor will I B．to attend：so do I C．attending．；so will I D．attend：will I neither ‎6．A 点拨：have a meeting to attend有一个会议要参加；If you don't go用于条件句表否定．后面的结果句对应地应该用将来 时，且主语发生变化，应该用倒装，因此用neither/nor will I。‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点14 I went to the lecture early I got a good seat．‎ ‎ A．in order to B．so that C．in order that D．so as to ‎7．B点拨：此题的关键是后面是l got a good seat句式，故排除A、D项:in order that引导的是目的状语从句．so that既可引导目的状语从句，也可引导结果状语从句，而此句显然是结果状语从句。 ‎ ‎[备考8]全国统一高考新题型：阅读填空 ‎ Friends come in many ways. There are best friends, fair- weather friends, forever friends and so on. Best friends will spend all and share all your thoughts and feelings with you. School friends are different: You study and have fun together, but you may not know everything about each other. Fair-weath- er friends only like you when you are happy or popular. If you feel unhappy or if you have some trouble, fair weather friends wouldn't like to be together with you. Forever friends are friends that will always listen to you and try to help you.‎ ‎ Kinds of friends ‎ What they do ‎(1)‎ ‎ (2)‎ ‎(3)‎ Study and have fun together ‎(4)‎ Like you when you are happy ‎ Forever friends ‎ (5)‎ ‎8．(1)Best friends ‎ ‎ (2)Share aIl your thoughts and feelings with you ‎ (3)School friends(4)Fair-weather friends ‎ ‎ (5)Always listen to you and try to help you 第一册 Unit 2 English around the world ‎ ‎ I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．pronunciation 2．Minority 3．totaily 4．equally 5．organize/organise 6．globe 7．service 8．independence9．south 10．Europe 1 1．comparison 12．Replacement 高考须掌握的短语：1．at 2．in 3．mother 4．for 5．up 6．with 7．in 8．many 9．or 10．in 1l_adout ’‎ Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．majority n 多数；大半 eg：A/The majority of doctors believe smoking is harmfulto health．大多数医生认为吸烟有害健康。‎ 相关链接：minority n．少数；小半用法拓展．be in the majority占多数 be in the minority占少数 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1 (典型例题In the election，the people who have voted for the present government are the majonty． ‎ ‎ A．on B．in C．with D．for 考题1点拨：答案为B。考查词组be in the majority“占多数”。句意为：“在选举中，支持现政府的人占多数。”‎ ‎2 service n．服务；服务性工作eg：‎ ‎ The service in the restaurant is good．这家餐馆的服务很好。‎ 相关链接：serve vt 为……服务；提供饭等 vi．服役用法拓展：at one's service听……差遣；随时准备为……做事/供……使用 ‎ be of service to sb． help sb．or be useful to sb．能帮助某人；对某 ‎ 人有用处serve sb．as 作……用/起……作用 ‎ be in service在使用中 serve as…担当；担任 考题2 (典型例题分)--Good morning, Grand Hotel.‎ ‎ --Hello, ld like to book a room for the night of the 18th and 19th.‎ ‎ A. What can I do for you? B. Just a minute, please. C. What's the matter? D. At your service.‎ 考题2点拨：答案为B。在对方已经明确提出要求时用A项，不合乎情理；B项属于一种顺承、合理的回答；c项用于询问有何问题或有何障碍，用于此语境显然不舍适；D项干扰性最大，at your service是随时听候差遣的意思，在此语境中不合适。‎ ‎3．except prep．除了eg：‎ ‎ We all went to the cinema except Tom．‎ ‎ 除了汤姆，我们都去看电影了。‎ 相关链接．Besides prep．“除……之外，还有……”‎ ‎ but prep．“除……之外”，与except同义。用法拓展：except for后接名词或代词，“除……之外”，表示局部修正主句的说法。 except that/when后接从句。“除……之外/除当……的时候”。 ‎ 考题3-1 (典型例题) flowers, the pupils sent their teacher a nice greeting card for her birthday.‎ ‎ A. Beside B. Except for C. Besides D. Except 考题3-2 (典型例题分) Is your grandpa still with you? ‎ ‎ -- No. He still prefers to live in the small mountain village all its disadvantages.‎ ‎ A. for B. except C. with D. to 考题3—1点拨：答案为C。besides表示“除……之外，还有……”，except表示“除了……”，beside表示“在……的旁边”，except for时主句作局部的修正。句意为：“除了鲜花，学生们还为．他们的老师送上了漂亮的贺卡作生岢礼物。考题3—2点拨：答案为c。句意为：“尽管乡村有它的弱点，爷爷还是喜欢住在那里。‎ ‎4．knowledge n．知识eg：KnoWledge is power．知识就是力量。‎ 相关链接：knowledge统指“知识”时不可数．但可以与a连用，特别是 ‎ 有修饰语时，表示某一方面的知识。用法拓展：to my knowledge据我所知 get/gain knowIedge获得知识 考题4 (典型例题 分) Many people agree that of English is a must in international trade today.‎ ‎ A. knowledge B. a knowledge C. the knowledge D. knowledges 考题4点拨：答案为B。knowledge与a连用，特指某一方面的知识。句意为：“好多人都认为在如今的国际贸易中，英语方面的知识是一种必须的条件。” ‎ ‎5．compare v．比较；比作 eg：If you compare both of our cars，you'll find they are very mUCh alike．如果比较一下我们的两部车子，你会发现彼此很相似。‎ 相关链接：comparision n．比较用法拓展：compare． to…把……比作……compare…with…把……与…相比 beyond/past/w‘ithout compare无与伦比 特别提醒：compared to/with是固定搭配，单独用作状语，表示与……相比。 eg：‎ ‎ cprepared to/Wl’th Paris，Iondon is large．与巴黎相比，伦敦较大。‎ 考题5-2 (典型例题In his no vels。he often compared one's life a river．‎ A．by B．with C．for D．to 考题5-3 I was struck by the beautiful sight．Its beauty was compare．‎ ‎ A．to B．with C．bevond D．in 考题5—1点拨；答案为D。compare． tg．一把……比作……。句意为：“在他的小说中，他常常把生命比作河流。”‎ 考题5--2点拨：答案为C。beyond compare无与伦比。句意为：“我被这美丽的景色所打动，它的美简直无与伦比。”‎ ‎6．end vt．& vi．结束eg：‎ ‎ The party ended at midnight．晚会在午夜结束。‎ ‎ He ended his Ietter with good wishes to the family．他在信末祝福全家人。‎ 相关链接：end n．结束 ‎ at the end of在……的尽头 by the end of到……为止用法拓展：end in…以……为结果 end(up)with以……而结束 ‎ put an end to…结束/终止…… come to an end告终；完结 in the end最后；终于lTlake(both)ends meet使收支相抵 without end无尽的；无限的 ‎ 考题6-1 (典型例题 分)If you go on doing such things, you'll end up prison.‎ ‎ A. with B. as C. in D. to 考题6-2 Hard as he worked, he couldn't make __ meet.‎ ‎ A. end B ends C. eroding D. ended 考题6—1点拨:答案为c。end up in prison以坐牢而告终。句意为：“如果你继续做那样的事，你就会以掌牢而告终。”‎ 考题6—2点拨：答案为B。make(both)ends meet使收支相抵。句意为：“尽管他卖力地工作，但还是做不到收支相抵。”‎ 二、重点短语 ‎7．mote or I@ss或多或少；大体上；在一定程度上eg：‎ ‎ The work is more or less finished．这项工作大体上完成了。‎ ‎ I think it’s more or less a crime．我认为这多少是一种犯罪行为。‎ 考题7 (典型例题)We all write , even when there is not much to say.‎ ‎ A. now and then B. by and by C. step by step D. more or less 考题7点拨：答案为A。从该题even when there's not mach to say这一信息可知，本题空意指时问。now and then相当于ftom time to time。sometimes和occasionally；by and by—soon step by step=graduailyl D项more or less修饰名词，但也可修饰形容词、动词作状语。①more or less—about时，放在所修饰词的后面。It is an hour's journey，more or 1ess．⑦修饰形容词时，放在动词的前面。The book is niore or less helpful．③修饰动词时，放在动词的前面。He can more or less write some poems．该题若把空设在write的前面，D项也对。 ‎ ‎8．have diffjcuIty(in)doing sth．做某事有困难 eg：‎ ‎ We had difficulty(in)working out the probIem．我们做出这道题有困难。‎ 用法拓展：have trouble(in)doing sth．一have d．fficulty(in)doing sth．做某事有困难 have much/little/no dIfficulty(in)doing sth．做某事有很多/很少/没有困难have difficulty/trouble with sth．做某事有困难 考题8 Does your brothernave any English?‎ ‎ A．difficulty learning B．difficuIty to learn C．difficuIties in learning D．difficulties to learn 考题8点拨：答案为A。have difficuIty(in)doing sth．是固定词组，difficuhy在这个词组搭配中用作不可数名词，介词in可省略。句意为：“你哥哥．学习英语有困难吗?”‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎9．Could you speak a b．t slOWly，please?请你说得稍慢些好吗?、a bit可以修饰形容词、副词的原级或比较级，与a littIe相同。 eg：‎ ‎ Im a bit/a little tired．我有点累了。‎ ‎ It’s a bit/a little warmer today．今天天气暖和了些。‎ 用法拓展：(1)not a little=very much相当多；非常not a bit=not at a11一点也不(2)a bit of+n一点/一些……a ‎ little+n．一点/一些……‎ 考题9一Are you feeling tired after the game?‎ ‎ 一 ．In fact．I feel quite relaxed．‎ ‎ A．Not a littIe B．Not a bit C．Not little D．Not bit 考题9点拨:答案为B。not a bit一点也不。根据后面，“事实上我感觉很轻松。”可得出B这个选项。‎ ‎10．Can you say it in a djffetent way?你能用一种不同的方式表达吗? in a…way用……的方法 用法拓展：in the way/in one's way妨碍/挡住某人的路 by the way顺便说一下/顺便问问in a way从某种意义/程度上说 by way of经由；取道lose one's way迷路 make one's way进行；努力向前alI the way一路上 特别提醒；(1)by…means用……的方式 with…method用……方法 ‎ (2)way作先行词，后面的定语从句可用in which/that或不用引导词来连接。‎ 考题10-1 (典型例题 分) They have made up their to make their to the front.‎ ‎ A. mindsway B. minds; ways C. minds; way D. minds ways 考题10-2 ( 典型例题 分 ) If you drive from the airport, go On the motor way and follow the to the city.‎ ‎ A. points B. warnings C. signs D. way 考题10—1点拨;答案为c。make up one's raind“下决心干某事”。raind单复数随one's的单复数发生变化；make one's way“排除困难前进”，way在此搭配中是不可敷名词。 ‎ 考题10—2点拨：答案为c。follOW the signs表示“顺着路标”。向意为：“如果你从机场开车行驶，(你可以)走公路腰着路标到达城市。”‎ 四、重点句型 ‎11．HOW did these djfferences come about?这些不同是如何产生的?‎ ‎ come about—happen/take place产生；发生；改变方向(不用于被动语态)eg：‎ ‎ Many quarrels come about through a misunderstanding．许多争执都是由于误会而产生的。 ‎ ‎ 可用it作形式主语，后面用that引导主语从句：It comes about that………是……产生的。‎ 考题11 (典型例题How, did" it __ that he won the first prize of lottery tickets again?‎ ‎ A. come along B. come on C. come up D. come about 考题11点拨：答案为D。come along同……一起;come on鼓励/劝说时所用的口语; come up提出；上来；发芽; come about产生；发生。此句用了一个固定句式lt comes about that…。句意为：“他怎么又一次赢得彩票的一等奖?”‎ ‎12．Joe is an Amerjcml who has come to Brltain for the first time．‎ ‎ 乔是个第一次到英国的美国人。‎ ‎ forthe first time单独用作状语，指第一次做某事。‎ ‎ the Tirst time“首次，第一次”，可用作连词，引导时间状语从句。 eg：‎ ‎ The first time I met her，I knew we wonld be good friends．‎ ‎ 我第一次见到她，我就知道我们会成为好朋友。‎ ‎ 类似的用法还有：the moment，the minute．the first sight，every time，each time等.‎ ‎ It is/was/will be the fjrst time…后接句子，强调到说话时为止某一情况或动作的次数，句子中常用完成时态，it可换用this/that，first也可换用其他序数词。eg： This is the first time I have been to Beijing．这是我第一次去北京。 ‎ That was the first time I had left my hometown．那是我第一次离开家乡。 It’s time for sb．to do sth．是某人干某事的时候了。此句式还可用：It’s time sb．did sth．来表示。 eg： ‎ It’s time for us to have supper．/It’s time we had supper．是我们用晚餐的时候了。‎ 考题12-1 It is the second time that I in Shanghai. What great changes have taken place in Shanghai!‎ It is ten years since I it lasttime.‎ ‎ A. have been; left B. had been; left C. haves had left D. went; had left 考题12-2 The telephone three, times in the last hour, and each time it for my father. ‎ ‎ A. had rung; was B. has rung; was C. rang; has been D. has been ringing; is 考题12-3 You shall leave now. It's high time you to school.‎ ‎ A. go B. went C. going D. gone 考题12—1点拨：答案为A。此题关键看出It's the second time that…句式中，应用现在完_成时态，since衷示从某一时刘起，用一般过去时态，故答案为A。句意为：“这是我第二次到上海。上海发生多么巨大的变化啊!自从上次离开。已是十年时间了。”‎ 考题12—2点拨：答案为B。in the past/last+段时间作时间状语，通常与完成时连用，后丰部分each time作状语·指过去“每次”，因此答案为B。句意为：“在过去的一小时里电话响了三次．每次都是找我父亲的。”‎ 考题12—3点拨。答案为B。考查句式It's time sb．did xth．句意为：“你得走了，早该是你上学的时候了。”‎ ‎13． “with+宾语+宾补”结构 ‎ 一般被称作是with的复合结构，可用来补充说明；更多的情况下作方式状语，表示伴随的动作或状态。‎ ‎ with+宾语+介词短语eg：‎ ‎ In the middle of china lies Hubei Province，with its capital on the Yangtze River．湖北省位 ‎ 于中国的中部，它的省会在长江之滨。‎ ‎ The teacher was wal king up and down，with a book in her 1eft hand．老师左手拿着一本书，‎ ‎ 正在走来走去。‎ ‎ with+宾语+现在分词eg：‎ ‎ He lay on his back，with his eyes looking up into the sky．他躺着，眼瞅着天空。‎ ‎ with+宾语+过去分词eg： ‎ ‎ with his homework done，he went out to play．完成作业．他就出去玩耍。‎ ‎ with+宾语十不定式短语eg：‎ ‎ with the guide to lead us，we wtll have no difficulty finding his house．有导游带路，我们将 ‎ 不费力地找到他的家。‎ ‎ with+宾语+形容词 eg：‎ ‎ He is used to sleeping With the windOW open at night in summer．他已习惯夏天开窗睡觉。‎ ‎ with+宾词+副词eg： ‎ ‎ He often sleeps with the light on．他经常开着灯睡觉。 ‎ 考题13-1 (典型例题)‎ ‎ With a lot of difficult problems , the manager felt wor-ried all the time.‎ ‎ A. settled B. settle C. settling D. to settle 考题13-2 (典型例题分) He left the post office with all the magazines he needed __‎ ‎ A. buying B. to buy C. bought D. to be bought 考题13—1点拨：答案为D。从后面“经理一直很担心”可看出，问题要解决。‎ 考题13—2点拨：答案为c。从主句“他离开邮局”可知，他已经买了需要的所有杂志,用过去分词bought作宾补，表被动和完成。‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎ ‎14．a number of，the number of a number of“一些；若干”，和复数名词或代词连用，后面的动词也用复数形式。 eg：‎ ‎ A number of my friends are against the plan．我的若干朋友都反对这个计划。‎ ‎ the number of"．……的数量(数目)”．介词of同其后的名词构成介词短语，作 ‎ 定语修饰the humber，当它作主语时，谓语动词用单数。 eg：‎ ‎ The number of the students standing there is about twenty．站在那边的学生数目大约是二十。‎ 考题14 (典型例题 分)The number of people present at the meeting about one thou-sand, a large number of whom experts from abroad.‎ ‎ A. was; was B. was; were C. were; were D. were; was 考题14点拨：答案为B。the humber of…+单数谓语动词；a nLIYllber of…+复数谓语动词。句意为：“出席会议的人数大约一千，他们当中的若干人是来自于国外的专家。”‎ ‎15．Sitaation，state，gobdition situatl’on“情况；形势；局面”，主要是指各种情况之间的相互关系及该情况与有关人士之间的关系，强调相互之间的联系和影响。 eg：‎ ‎ He is in a difficult situation．他处境艰难。‎ ‎ the international situation国际形势 ‎ state“状态；状况”，常与不定冠词连用，只有单数形式．与介词in搭配使用。 eg： ‎ ‎ She is in a good state of mind．她心情不错。‎ ‎ Condition“状况；环境”，指周围环境时常用复数形式，与介词in或under搭配使用。 eg：living conditions居住状况/环境 ‎ He is in no condition to travei．他的健康状况不宜旅行。‎ 考题15-1(典型例题she is in a poor of health．As a result，she has to give up herjob．‎ ‎ A．Dosition B．situation C．state D．condition 考题15-2(典型例题when you play footbaIl，what do you play?‎ ‎ A．situation B．place C．part D．position 考题15—1点拨：答案为c。state与a连用指一种状况，状态，be in a p6or state of ‎ health指健康状况很差。句意：“她健康状况很差，结果，不得不放弃工作。”考题15—2点拨：答案为D。play a position踢某个位置;play a part扮演某个角色。句意为：“踢球时，你踢哪个位置?”‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 直接引语和间接引语(二)‎ 祈使句和疑问句在间接引语中的用法：‎ ‎1．祈使句的基本结构有下列几种类型：‎ ‎ (1)Please+v．(动词原形)．或v．(动词原形)(+please)． eg：‎ ‎ OK，listen carefully，please．那么，请仔细听。‎ ‎ (2)Don't+v．(动词原形)(+please)． eg：‎ ‎ Don't touch anything without permission．未经允许不准碰任何东西。‎ ‎ (3)Let+abj．(宾语)+v．(动词原形)/not+v．(动词原形)． eg：‎ ‎ Let's tidy the laboratory and put everything back in the cupboards．让我们来收拾实验室，把所有的 东西放回器皿柜里吧。 ‎ ‎2．祈使语气委婉的句型： ‎ ‎ (1)“Will/Would/Can/Could you please+v．(动词原形)?”eg：‎ ‎ Will/Would/Can/Could you please give us instructions for using the laboratory?请给我们讲讲使用实验室的规则好吗?‎ ‎ (2)“Would you mind+t，．-ing?” eg：Would you mind allowing us to use the basin by the side of the cupboard?请允许我们使用器皿柜旁边的洗脸盆，好吗?‎ ‎ (3)“Why not+v．(动词原形)?”eg： Why not do as your teacher teIls you to?‎ ‎ 为什么不按你们老师吩咐的去做呢? ‎ ‎ (4)“祈使句，+附加疑问句?”‎ ‎ ①Let us do…，will you/won't you? eg：‎ ‎ Let us do the ex+perlment ourselves，will/won't you?允许我们自己做实验，好吗?‎ ‎ ②“Let's do…，shall we/shan't W :． eg：‎ ‎ Let's make sure the lights are turned off and the door is locked，shall/shan't we?让我们核实一下关灯和锁门的事吧，好吗?‎ ‎ ③“Let me do…，will you/won't you/may I?”eg：‎ ‎ Let me tidy the lab with you，may I?我和你收拾实验室，好吗?‎ ‎ ④“Do…，will，won't/would/you/can/can't/coula you?” eg： ‎ ‎ Show me how to use this water pump。Won't you?‎ ‎ 教我怎样使用这台抽水泵，好吗?‎ ‎ ⑤“Don't do．…will you?'’eg：‎ ‎ Don't touch papers on my desk，will you?别碰我书桌上的文件，好吗?考题点拨：答案为D。本句为祈使句变为问接引语。‎ 考题 I said to hIm，“please go．”I him to go． ‎ A．pleased B．said to C．ordered D．asked IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：如何写好人物介绍式书面表达专题详解： ‎ ‎ 人物介绍式书面表达是书面表达的重要内容，写好人物介绍式书面表达是写作的基本能力。做此类书面表达要注意以下几个方面的问题：‎ ‎ (1)强化时态意识。人物介绍式书面表达在时态上具有明显的自我特色，介绍人物的现状用一般现在时，介绍人物的简历用一般过去时，介绍人物的未来情况用一般将来时，但不少同学时态意识不强，他们在写作时不认真思考、分析，随意使用时态，要么一律用一般现在时，要么将一般现在时或一般过去时随意交替使用等，造成了许多非水平因素的失分。因此，应强化时态意识。‎ ‎ (2)重视主谓一致性。主谓语一致是人物介绍式书面表达易出错误之一，尤其是当主语为第三人称单数时。当主语为第三人称单数时，谓语动词应用单数形式，但不少同学一律用复数形式，有时主语为复数时却又使用单数形式。‎ ‎(3)注意句式前后照应。在介绍人物的姓名、性别、年龄、职业等现状时不少同学过分追求使用复杂的句式，例如使用主语后边加上同位语或破折号引导的解释性修饰语或定语从句句型，但在使用这些句型时忘记了后边应有的谓语动词，从而造成考题 囤以下是你最好的朋友高明的一份调查表，请据此写一篇介绍朋友的短文。字数100左右。‎ 句子成分的严重残缺，因此，影响了表达的准确性。‎ ‎ (4)写好文章开头和结尾，为了使人物介绍式书面表达具有照应性，同学们应认真写好开篇交代句和结尾总结句。写开篇交代句时因尚未交代人物详情，可适当写得笼统一些，但写结尾总结句时因人物详情已作介绍，因此宜写得具体一些，针对性强一些。本文开头句可 用1 will never forget my friend…，结尾可用Such is myfriend。‎ ‎ (5)熟练运用常见句型，人物介绍式书面表达有不少句型在很多场合是有规律性出现的，除了叙述人物姓名、年龄、身高、健康状况、业余爱好的有关句型以外，还有下列一些句型：He works hard．He is good at…．He is kind to…In the meantime he can get along/on well with…He is often praised by…All of us respect and love him deeply．‎ Name: Gao Ming ‎ Address: 181 Xinhua Road, ‎ Tangshan Telephone : 2823198 Postal code.-063500 E-mail : gaoming@ 263. net ‎ Date of birth:3ofh October, 1992 OccuPation: Study in No. 2 Middle School Height: 1.72m ‎ 考题点拨：(例文)‎ ‎ Gao Ming,my best friend,is 1.72 metres tall,with black hair. Born on 3ofh October, 1992,he is now a middle School student.‎ ‎ Gao Ming is studying in No. 2 Middle School. His native language is Chinese and he studies English as his foreign language. He is very interested in singing, drawing, dancing and reading.‎ ‎ Everyone likes him because he is a good, kind student. If you want to make friends with him, here is his address: 181 Xinhua Road, Tangshan, postal code063500. His telephone number is 2823198, e-mail:gaoming@263, net.‎ 点评：my best friend作同位语，使句式简洁；恰当运用Born on 3ofh October，1992，突出了句’式的多样化；运用中学阶段熟知的短语be in— terested in，make friends with等，体现了基本功扎实这一特点。‎ ‎ 总评：①介绍人物以一般现在时为主。②灵活运用各种句式，使表达上句型多样化。如with black hair；born on等。③适当补充细节，使文章显得生动，如：Everyone likes him because he is a good，kind student． ·‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点5 (典型例题)__ with the size of the whole earth, the biggest ocean does not seem big at all.‎ ‎ A. Compare B. When comparing C. Comparing D. When compared ‎1．D点拨：此题关键是看出compared with…结构．when不会对此句式造成影响。句意为：“当与整个地球的大小相比时，最大的海洋看上去也一点不大了。”‎ 回顾2 测试考点14 (典型例题ow adays, a large num-ber of women, especially those from the countryside, __in the clothing industry. ‎ ‎ A. is working B. works C. work D. worked ‎2．c点拨：a number of“好多．大量”，后接可数名词复数形式，用复数的谓语动词；并且句子中有时间状语nowadays，所以不能选过去时态。 ‎ 回顾3 测试考点13 (典型例题 can you expect to get a pay rise.‎ ‎ A. With hard work B. Although work hard C. Only with hard work D. Now that he works hard ‎3．C点拨：句意为：“只有努力工作．你才有希望被加薪。”‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：the way作先行词，后面定语从句引导词的处理问题 ‎ 预测根据：定语从句是高中英语学习的一个重点语法，也是高考考查的一个热点和重点，但在高考考查语法时，会灵活考查学生对定语从句的掌握是否完全到位，是否会与日常的英语口语相联系，把英语语法的考查放在接近事实的语言环境中进行，真正测试出学生对英语这种语言的运用能力。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：本考点会放在单项选择、完形填空和短文改错中进行考查。 eg：‎ I don't like the way he speaks to his mother.‎ ‎ A. why B. when C. which D. /‎ ‎ 此题的答案应选择D。the way作先行词，后面的定语从句的引导词可用in which/that/或什么都不用。‎ 预测2：辨析：especially，specially ‎ 预测根据：副词的辨析是高考题中频繁出现的问题，尤其是在近三年的高考题中，这对学生来讲，也是比较难以驾驭的一个问题。 ‎ 命题角度预测：especially，specially的区别置于完形填空题中考查的可能性较大。要选择对，关键是清楚强调“尤其”侧重不同寻常；还是强调“专门地，特别的，特殊地”，侧重特殊的目的。eg：I came here specially to ask you a question．‎ ‎ 我是专门来问你一个问题的。‎ ‎ I like the country．especially in spring．‎ ‎ 我喜欢乡村，尤其是春天的时候。预测3：less+adj．/adv．原形 预测根据：形容词和副词的比较级是高考的考查重点，但考生往往注意more+adj．/adv．或adj．/adv．+er构成的比较级形式，而忽视less+adj．/adv．表示“比不上……”的形式。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此要点一般会放在单选或短文改错中进行考查。 eg：In English，giving commands is less polite than making a request．在英语中，下命令不如作出请求有礼貌。‎ 预测4：since引导时间状语从句 ‎ 预测根据：since引导时间状语从句是高考考查状语从句的一个重要句型，但从句中使用终止性动词和延续性动词意义差别很大。从句使用终止性动词，表示该时间只是主句时间段的起点；而从句使用延续性动词，则表示该动作和状态从此结束。eg：It's five years since I joined the army．我入伍已五年。It's five years since 1 was in the army．我已退伍五年了。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此考点大多会置于完形填空或阅读理解题目中进行考查。考查学生对此句型的把握时，会给出一定的语言环境，在特定的语境中作出适合它的动词。预测5：play a role/part in的灵活运用 预测根据：近几年的高考题中，对动词词组的固定搭配的考查经常出现，特别是固定搭配的灵活运用问题，对句式的转化问题更是考查的重点。 ‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：这个词组的搭配一般会放在单项选择或短文改错中进行考查，考查的角度可以是对固定搭配中role/part的选择上，也可以是冠词a/the的灵活转化上。 eg： Women play an important part/role in our society．妇女在我们社会起着很重要的作用。 The part/role that women play in our society is important．妇女在社会上扮演的角色是很重要的。 ‎ 特别提醒：因为后接一个定语从句，是特指．所以要把a改为the。在运用过程中，要特别注意句型的转化对冠词a/the的运用所产生的影响问题。‎ 预测6：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的重点是英式英语与美式英语的异同及世界各国所使用英语的不同及来源，这对于英语这种语言来说是一个重要方面．也是一个很重要的话题，所以在完形填空或阅读理解题中．出现这类题材的可能性较大。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点12 I thought her nice and honest I met her.‎ ‎ A. first time B. for the first time C. the first time D. by the first time ‎1．c点拨：the first time相当于连词引导时间状语从句。‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点13 With a lot of homework . Tom didn't go to the movie with his father.‎ ‎ A. to finish B. finishing C. finished D. being finished ‎2．A 点拨：根据后文Tom didn't go to the movie with his father 可知，with 的复合结构中用不定式表“要完成”的事。‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点 10 l don't likc the way he talks with others.‎ ‎ A. which B. where C. that D. how ‎3．c点拨：way作先行词的定语从句中，可用in which．that或不用引导词。‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点14 number of the students in our school is about 3,000 and number of them are active.‎ A. The; the B. A:a C. The: a D. A: the ‎4．C 点拨：the number of表示“数目”。a number of表示“若干”;前者作主语用单数谓语动词．后者作主语用复数谓语动词。 ‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点 15 He is very iuterested in intemational He listens to news about the world every day.‎ ‎ a. situation B. state C. condition D. position ‎5．A点拨：international situation国际形势。‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点10 My teacher suggested that I should solve the problem _ _ this means.‎ ‎ A. in B. with C. for D. by ‎6．D点拨：by this means用这种方法，是固定搭配。‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点8 I can imagine your trouble that you had the hard time.‎ ‎ A. to pass B. passed C. passing D. pass ‎7．C点拨：此题考查have trouble(in)doing句式。句意为：“我能想象得出你度过那段艰辛时期的困难”。 ‎ ‎[备考8]测试考点 He once the army for ten years and he the people heart and soul.‎ ‎ A. served: serves B. served in; served C served;served in D serves in;served ‎8．B点拨：serve。服务”，是及物动词，serve“服役”，是不及物动词。‎ ‎[备考9]全国统一高考新题型：阅读填空 ‎ Some students believe that if they have much money or pos.Sessions,they will be happy. They believe that they will be able to do anything they want to do if they have much money. Some students think that they should bc in good heahh.and en- joy whatever they like. Many students wish to have much wealth from their parents. In this way they don't have to work hard. and they can own everything. I don't quite agree with the above points. I don't think money means happiness. We can't buy many of the things with money, such as heahh, happiness and knowledge. I value knowledge, which makes me happy, for ‎ I can do much for mankind with knowledge. Although different peo ple value happiness differently, my "wealth"of happiness is in my study.‎ Students Possessions Benefits some ‎(1)‎ Buying and doing anything Some ‎(2)‎ Enjoyment Some Weahh from parents ‎(3) from work ‎1‎ ‎(4)‎ For mankind ‎9．(1)Money (2)Health (3)Free (4)Knowledge 第一册 Unit 3 Going places I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．consideration 2．simple 3．natural 4．base 5．poison 6．normdlly 7．excite 8．adventure 9．similar 10．Combination 高考须掌握的短语：1．by 2．from 3．out 4．from 5．off 6．on 7．weIl 8．from 9．to Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．Coilsider vt．考虑；认为 eg：‎ ‎ Ive got a seriOUS suggesU‘on to nlake，and 1 want to consider it very careful-ly．我要提出一个很严肃的建议，我想要好好考虑一下。‎ ‎ I consider him(to be)honest．我认为他是诚实的。‎ 相关链接：consideration n．考虑；体谅 considerate adj．体贴的；设想周到的用法拓展：consider…(as/to be)…把……看作是……consider+n．/doing考虑某事/干某事 considering后面可接名词或that从句，意为“考虑到……”。‎ 特别提醒：consider表示“考虑”意思时，后接动名词不可接不定式。‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 (典型例题If you are looking for an exc而ng place with lots of street life， mov—ing to this city，where the streets are filled all day，barsand nlght cIubs are open until 4 am。and the buses and subways run a11 inght．‎ ‎ A．enjoy B．consider C．you’d better D．be sure 考题1-2 They have done well that they are green hands．‎ ‎ A．consider B．considered C．considering D．to consider 考题1—1点拨；答案为B。解答此题的关键是明确consider doing“考虑干某事”结构；enjoy doing表示“喜欢做某事”在此意思上不合适Ihad better与do而非doing搭配．be sure to do而非doing。句意为：“如果你正在寻找一处有好多街景生活的令人兴奋的地方，考虑搬到这座城市来吧，这里街道拥挤，酒吧和夜总会营业到凌晨4点，公交车和地铁整夜运转。‎ 考题1—2点拨：答案为c。后亨部分为considering that．一句式。句意为：“考虑到他们都是新手，他们干得还挺好的。”‎ ‎2．means n．手段；方法eg：‎ ‎ Every means has been tried．每一种方法都试过了。‎ 相关链接：way方式；手段(与in连用)‎ ‎ method方法；办法(与with连用)用法拓展：by means of用……手段 ‎ by any means在某种程度上 ‎ by no means完全不是；一点也不；绝不特别提醒：means是一个单复数同形的名词。‎ 考题2-1 (典型例题)一Dad，may I use your car this weekend’‎ ‎ —Never! should you touch it．‎ ‎ A．By means B．Bv no means C．Bv any means D．Bv this means 考题2-2 (典型例题she could not speak．But made her wishes known means of signs．‎ ‎ A．bv B．in C．with D．through 考题2—1点拨：答案为B，根据答语never，可以看出爸爸坚决反对孩子用车。by no means绝不Iby any means在某种程度上．by this means用这种方式。句意为：“爸爸，这个周末我可以用一下你的车吗?～不!你绝不能动它。”‎ 考题2—2点拨：答案为A。此题考查介词的使用，by means of表示“通过……的方式”，是固定搭配词组。句意为：“她不会说话，但她借着手势让人知道她的愿望。” ‎ ‎3．experjence n．&vt．经历；经验；体验eg：TraveIling rin china is an expe—rience I’ll never forget．中国之行是我永远难忘的一次经历。‎ ‎ He experienced the hardest time of his Iife while he was laid off．下岗期间他经历了人生最艰难的时期。‎ 相关链接：experienced adj．有经验的用法拓展：(1)be experienced in在……方面有经验 ‎ (2)experience表示经验时，是不可数名词，表示经历时，是可数名词。‎ 考题3 He is a teaeher With ten years teaehing He had a 1of of while teachihr．‎ ‎ A．experience；experience ‎ B．experiences；experiences ‎ C．experienee；experiences ‎ D．experiences；experience 考题 3点拨：答案为c。此题考查名词experience的用法，ten years’teaching experience十年的教学经验；a lot of experiences好多经历体验。句意为：“他是个有十年经验的老师，他在教学过程中有好多经历。” ‎ ‎4．prefer vt．喜欢……甚于喜欢……；宁可……也不……eg：‎ ‎ He prefers nsh to meat．他比较喜欢鱼而不喜欢肉。‎ ‎ I prefer staying at home to going shopping with you．我宁可呆在家里也不愿和你去购物。‎ 用法拓展：prefer sth．/doing sth．喜欢某事/做某事 ．‎ ‎ prefer A to B喜欢A甚于B ‎ prefer doing…to doing．一喜欢做……甚于做……‎ ‎ prefer to do…rather than do…宁愿做……而不愿做……‎ ‎ prefer sb．to do宁可某人做某事prefer+that从句，从句中用虚拟语气。‎ 考题4-1 (典型例题 分) Their mother prefers them home early.‎ ‎ A. to be B. to being C. be D. being 考题4-2 (典型例题)She chose to learn the violin in preference the piano.‎ ‎ A. with B. for C. to D. by 考题4—1点拨：答案为A。prefer sb。to do sth．更愿意某人干某事。句意为；“他们的妈妈希望他们早点回家。”‎ 考题4—2点拨：答案为C。in preferenee to sb．/sth．是prefer与介词to搭配的一个转化·意思是：“而不愿做某事物”。句意为：“她愿学小提琴而不愿学钢琴。”‎ ‎5．separate u．分开；隔离adj．分开的；单独的eg：‎ ‎ The two towns are separated by a river．两座城市被一条河流隔开。‎ ‎ W6 went our separate ways home afterthe theatre．我们从戏院出来各自回家。‎ 特别提醒：separate A from B把A和B分开 考题5 (典型例题As we joined the big crowd。I got ftom my friends．‎ ‎ A．separated B．spared C．16st D．missed 考题5点拨:答案为A。get separated from sb．与某人分离；get lost迷路。句意为：。进入人群后，我和我的朋友们走散了。”‎ 二、重点短语 ‎6．watch out注意；当心eg：‎ ‎ watch out!A car is coming．注意!一辆小汽车过来了!‎ 用法拓展：watch out for…当心/注意……‎ ‎ watch over照看；看守 watch one's step小心翼翼地 ‎ keep a cIose watch on…密切注意……‎ ‎ keep watch for留意 on the watch for等着；提防 考题6-1 (典型例题分) I have a short memory. I have to my phone book every time I want to make a call.‎ ‎ A. watch out B. watch C. look at D. look up 考题5-2 (典型例题)_ _him and then try to copy what he does.‎ ‎ A. Mind B. Glance at C. Stare at D. Watch 考题6—1点拨：答案为D。watch out注意，当心watch观看；look at看；look up查找；在……中查找。句意为：“我记忆力不好。每次打电话都要在电话本中查找(号码)。”‎ 考题6—2点拨：答案为D。mind在意；介意glance at看一下；瞅一眼；stare at盯着；watch仔细看；观看。句意为：“仔细看着他，然后尽力照着他所做的事去做。”‎ ‎7．as well as也；还；而且 eg：His children as well as his wife were inVited to the party．不但他太太，连他的孩子们也被邀请参加了那次聚会。‎ 用法拓展：as well as可表示两种意思：①与……同样好，不比……差；②(除……之外)又，不但……而且……as well adv．又；另外；也 eg：He sent me a letter and some money as welI_他寄给我一封信，外加一些钱。特别提醒：A as well as B的短语作主语时，谓语动词的人称和数要与A保持一致。‎ 考题7-1 Since all of you agreed to do so, I would be for it ‎ A. so B. either C. neither D. as well 考题7-2 (典型例题 分)Bill is a good man, kind and diligent. Don't be too hard on him. He's do-ing the job ‎ ‎ ‎ A. as good as he can B. as well as could C. as well as he can D. as good as possible 考题7—1点拨：答案为D。as well表示“也……”。句意为：“既然大家都同意这么做，聱我也支持。”‎ 考题7—2点拨：答案为C。as well as修饰动词do。do sth．as well as sb．can—do sth．as well as possible。‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎ ‎8．say“Hi to Bob for me．替我向鲍勃问好。‎ ‎ say“Hi"to sb．一greet sb．问候某人。若表示来自某人的问候，用from sb．。 eg：I sent an Email to say"Hi”to my frjend yesterday．我昨天发了一封电子邮件问候我的朋友。‎ 用法拓展：say hello to sb．问候某人say good_bye to sb．向某人告别 ‎ say sorry to sb．向某人道歉 say yes/OK to sth．同意某事 ‎ say no to sth．拒绝某事 考题8 The manager welcomed us by __ hello to us at the gate of the store,‎ ‎ A. speaking B. talking C. saying D. telling 考题8点拨：答案为c。say hello to sb．问候某人。是固定搭配,句意为：“经理在商店门口向我们问好以表示对我们的欢迎。”‎ 四、重点句型 ‎9．unless作从属连词，引导条件状语从句。 eg：I11 be back tomorrow un—‎ ‎ less there's heavy snow．除非下大雪，否则我明天会回来的。‎ ‎ I wiIl not attend the meeting unlass(I am)invited．‎ ‎ 除非受到邀请，否则我不会参加会议。‎ 特别提醒：(1)unlass作“除非……否则……”讲，相当于If…not，但语气比 if…not重；‎ ‎ (2)在unless引导的从句里的词用一般现在时，不用一般将来时；‎ ‎ (3)unlass引导的从句中当主语与从句主语是同一个人/物，且有系动词be(及其他be的变化形式)时，可以出现省略现象。‎ 考题9-1 ( 典型例题 分 ) CCTV is exactly like a window on the world you will sit by it and fix your attention on what it .shows.‎ ‎ A. if B. as C. while D. unless 考题9-2 (典型例题)--Shall Tom go to see a film together with us? No, he has finished his homework.‎ ‎ A. if B. once C. unless D. when 考题9—1点拨：答案为A。句意为：“如果你愿意坐在电视机旁把注意力集中在上面，那么中央电视台的节目就是为你打开一扇通向世界的窗子。” ‎ ‎ 考题9—2点拨：答案为C。if"如果……”once“一旦…”；unless“除非……”；when“当……的时候。”句意为：“汤姆可以和我们一起去看电影吗?”不，除非他完成了作业。” ‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎10．instead，instead of ‎ instead adv．可单独使用，表示“(不是……)而是/反而……”。‎ ‎ instead of复合介词，表示“代替/而不”，(后接名词、代词、动名词，介词短语等)eg：‎ ‎ He gave me some advice instead of some money．一He didn't give me any money．‎ ‎ He gave me some advice instead．他没给我钱，而是给了我一些建议。‎ ‎ I go t。．school by bike instead of on foot． ‎ ‎ 一I don't go to school on foot．Instead I go to school by bike．我骑车而不是步行去上学。考题10点拨：答案为A。句意为：“我们不在大厅里而是要在花园里举行这次会议。”‎ 考题10 We won't hold the meeting in the hail. , we will hold it in the garden. ‎ ‎ A. Instead B. Instead of C. While D. But ‎11．close，closely ‎ 二者都作副词用时，close表示“靠近；挨近；接近(通常更侧重距离上)”；closely ‎ 表示“亲密地；秘密地；密切地(更多地指抽象的概念)”。 eg：‎ ‎ Come close so that I can see you clearly．靠近些，我可以清楚地看到你。‎ ‎ watch closely everything they are doing．密切注意他们所做的一切。‎ 考题11 (典型例题 分) It was so cold in the street that little Alice stood to her mother.‎ ‎ A. close B. closely C. closed D. closing ‎ 特别提醒：(1)close adj．近；亲密；仔细eg：‎ ‎ The church is close to the school．教堂离学校很近。‎ ‎ Are you a close friend of theirs?你是他们的亲密朋友吗?‎ ‎ It is a close game．这是一场势均力敌的比赛。‎ ‎ (2)close to接近；约摸eg：He is cIose to fifty．他将近五十岁。‎ 考题11点拨：答案为A。stand close to sb．靠近某人站着。此处表示距离上靠得近。‎ l2．Wealr,put on，dress wear是“穿着”、“戴着”的意思，可用于穿衣服、穿鞋；戴帽子、手套、佩戴首饰等．强调“穿着”的状态。 eg：Tom always wears black shoes．汤姆总穿黑色鞋。‎ ‎ He wears a raincoat even when it is fine．即使是晴天，他还是穿着雨衣。‎ ‎ She is wearing a red flower in her hair．她的头上扎着一朵红花。‎ ‎ put on是“穿上”、。戴上”的意思，可用于穿衣服、穿鞋、戴帽等。着重于穿戴的动作。‎ ‎ eg：It’s cold．You'd better put on your coat．天冷了，你最好穿上大衣。‎ ‎ He put on his hat and went OUt of the room．他戴上帽子，走出了房间。 ．‎ ‎ dress可作及物动词和不及物动词，有“穿着”．“打扮”的意思。作。穿着”讲时，只用于 ‎ 穿衣服，不用于穿鞋、帽、手套等。作及物动词时，它的宾语是人，不是衣服，即dress ‎ sb．(给某人穿衣服)。wear作“穿着”时，也是及物动词．它的宾语是物，不是人，即 ‎ wear sth．(穿着衣物)。 eg：She always dresses well．她总是打扮得很好。‎ ‎ Get up and dress quickly．快起来穿衣服。‎ ‎ Mary is dressing her child．玛丽正在给孩子穿衣。‎ 考题12 ( 典型例题 分 ) Every-one made fun of him because he was a funny hat.‎ ‎ A. dressing B. having on C. putting on D. wearing 考题12点拨：答案为D。dress宾语不是衣服；have on表穿戴无进行时；put on表动作，不可表状态。句意为：“大家都取笑他，因为他戴了一顶滑稽的帽子。”‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 现在进行时表一般将来 ‎1．表示现在正在进行的动作．常与now。right now，at the moment．for the time being，for the present等连用。 eg：‎ ‎ Don't disturb her．She is reading a newspaper now．别打扰她，她正在看报纸。‎ ‎2．表示现阶段经常发生的动作，常与always，continuaily，forever．constantly等连用。 eg：‎ My father is forever criticizing me．父亲老是挑我的毛病。‎ ‎3．表示根据计划或安排在最近要进行的事情。具有这种语法功能的动词仅限于过渡性动词。‎ ‎ 即表示从一个状态或位置转移到另一个状态或位置上去的动词。常用的有：go．come，‎ ‎ leave，start，arrive，return等。 eg：‎ ‎ They are leaving for Hong Kong next month．他们下个月要去香港。‎ ‎4．表示渐变的动词有：get．grow，become，turn，run，go，begin等。 eg：‎ ‎ The leaves are turning red．叶子变红了。‎ It's getting warmer and warmer．天气变得越来越暖和。‎ ‎5．有些动词不能用进行时，这是一类表示“感觉，感情，存在．从属”等的动词。 eg：see．hear． smell，taste，feel，notice，look，appear(表示感觉的动词)；hate．10ve，fear，like．want， ‎ wish，prefer，refuse，forgive(表示感情的动词)Ibe，exist，remain，stay，obtain(表示存在状态的动词)；have，possess，own，contain，belong，consist of，form(表示占有与从属的动词)；understand，know，believe，doubt，forget，remember(表示思考理解的动词)。但是如果它们词义改变．也可用进行时态。 eg： ‎ Tom looks pale．What's wrong with him?汤姆看上去脸色苍白，他怎么啦?(look在此为系动词，意为“显得；看上去”。) Tom is looking for his books．汤姆正在寻找他的书。(look在此为实义动词，意为“寻找”。)‎ 考题1 Unfortunately when I ar rived, she , so we only had time for a few words.‎ ‎ A. just left B. has just left C. was just leaving D. had just left 考题2 (典型例题)We at six o'clock and hope most-of the journey by lunch time.‎ ‎ A. are'leaving; to have done B. are leaving; to do C. left; to have done D. leave; to be doing 考题1点拨l答案为c。根据so we only had time for a few words看出，我到达时她正要离开。因此用was just leaving表过去正要离开。 ‎ 考题2点拨；答案为A。be leaving用现在进行时表示一般将来时。根据by lunch time可知，hope后用不定式的完成式表示到午饭 的时间完成大部分旅程。 ‎ IV．专题探究由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：专题详解：‎ ‎ 单项选择题的增难方式及突破对策。近年来随着听力题的加入，单项选择题的难度不断加大．纵观近几年的高考题的单选题，增难方式及突破对策总结如下：增难方式1：使用疑问句 ‎1. Who would you rather have with you.'?‎ ‎ A. go B. to go C. gone D. going ‎2. Is this book you bought yesterday?‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. one D. the one ‎ 突破对策1：还原为陈述句1题可改为You would rather have who with you．这样该题就不难了。2题可改为This book is you bought yesterday．增难方式2：使用被动句 ‎3．Ways must be thought of the balance of nature．‎ ‎ A．keep B．keeping C．to keep D．being kept 突破对策2：还原为主动句3题可改为We must think of ways the balance of na— ture．增难方式3：使用感叹句 ‎4. What great difficulty we had her.‎ ‎ A. persuade B. to persuade C. persuading D. persuaded ‎5. How pleased the emperor was what the cheats said.‎ ‎ A. hearing B. heard C. hear D. to hear 突破对策3：还原为陈述句4题可改为We had a great difficulty her．5题可改为The emperor was very pleased what the ‎ cheats said．增难方式4：使用强调句 ‎6．It was the old bike that the old man spent the whole evening at home．‎ ‎ A．repairing B．to repair C．repair D．repaired 突破对策4：还原为一般句6题可改为The old man spent the whole evening the old bike at home．增难方式5：使用省略句 ．‎ ‎7. What made him sad? ‎ ‎ A. He failed again B. Because he failed again C. That he failed again D. To fail again ‎8. The girl is very shy and never speaks until to.‎ A. spoken B. speaking C. speak I). be spoken ‎9. Could you give us the reason why you didn't do as ‎ A. were told B. to be told C. told D. told to 突破对策5：还原为完整句7题可改为 made him sad．‎ ‎8题可改为The girl is very shy and never speaks until she is to．‎ ‎9题可改为Could you give us the reason why you didn't do as you were ? ‎ 增难方式6：使用倒装句 ‎10. On the grass two sheep.‎ A. lies B. lie C. lying D. laid ‎11. To all of us the honor for success.‎ ‎ A. belong to B. belongs to C. belongs D. belong 突破对策6：还原为正常句10题可改为Two sheep on the grass．11题可改为The honor for success to all of us．增难方式7：使用复合句 ‎12．Is this the bike you wish to ‎ A．have repaired it B．have it repaired C. have repaired D, repair it ‎13. The boy I considered cheated in the exam.‎ A. being honest B. to be honest C. was honest D. that is honest ‎14. In the darkness there wasn't a single person she could turn for help.‎ ‎ A. that B. who C. from whom D. to whom 突破对策7：变为简单句12题可改为ls this the bike you wish to have it repaired?但注意改为定语从句时要去掉指代先行词的it。13题可改为The boy cheated in the exam．I considered him to be honest． ‎ ‎14题可改为In the darkness there wasn't a single person．She could turn to him for help．增难方式8：使用标点符号 ‎15. Peter has many friends, can help him.‎ ‎ A. few of which B. few of whom C. few of that D. few of them ‎16. The man worked late into the night, report for the minister.‎ A. to prepare B. preparing C. prepared D. was preparing ‎17. John plays football --if not better than David.‎ A. as well B. as well as C. so well D. so well as ‎18. down the radio--the baby's asleep in the next door.‎ ‎ A. Turing B. Turn C. Turned D. To turn 突破对策8：注意以下几点1．逗号“，”不能直接连接两个句子，应有连词成为从句或并列句。2．主语部分一般不用一个逗号与谓语部分分开。3．前后都有逗号与句子的其他部分分开的结构常常可以去掉．化繁为简。4．分号“；”、破折号“——”可以连接两个并列句。增难方式9：利用定势思维 ‎19. Im sorry I can't help the floor of the classroom. "‎ A. sweeping B. swept C. sweep D. to sweeping ‎20. This is the very room I slept in that evening.‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. where D. at which ‎21. I like football, my sister and me.‎ ‎ A. So do B. So'are C. So did D. So it is with ‎22. It's warm today March.‎ A. for B. in C. during D. on ‎23. The man I spoke no answer.‎ A. to make B. to made C. made D. of making ‎24. The way he thought of the problem is quite good.‎ A. solving B. to solve C. solv ed D. solve ‎25. The country life he was used to greatly since the opening policy.‎ ‎ A. ehaNge B. has changed C. changing D. having changed 突破对策9：仔细审题．理解题意，克服定势思维 Keys：1～5：A D C C D 6～10：A C A D B11～15：C C B D B 16～20：B B B C A21～25：D A B B B V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点9 (典型例题It is known to all that you exercise regularly, you won't keep good health.‎ ‎ A. unless B. whenever C. although D. if ‎1．A 点拨：本题考查连词的使用。unlcss除非……；whenever无论何时……;although尽管……；if如果……。句意为：“大家都知道：除非经常性地锻炼，否则你不可能保持身体健康。”‎ 回顾2 测试语法 (典型例题) Listen to the two girls by the window, what language ?‎ ‎ A. did they speak B. were they speaking C. are they speaking D. have they been speaking ‎2．c点拨：从第一句话“听在窗边的那两个女孩”可知“她们现在正在讲什么语言?”‎ 回顾3 测试语法 ( 典型例题 )--What were you doing when Tony phoned you?‎ ‎ --I had just finished my work and to take a shower.‎ ‎ A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting ‎3．D点拨：was starting用过去进行时表示过去将要干的事情，“正要开始……。” ‎ 回顾4 测试语法(典型例题Because the shop all the T-shirts are sold at half price.‎ ‎ A. has closed down B. closed down C. is closing down D. had closed down ‎4．c点拨：is closing down用现在进行时表示一般将来时。句意为：“因为商店要关门，所以所有的T恤衫半价销售。”‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：冠词的考查 ‎ 预测根据：冠词的使用对考生来说是一个难点，但同时也是高考考查的重点。近几年的高考题中，冠词是一个必考的考点，因此考情预测 年高考题中，肯定会出现对冠词考查的题目。．‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：对冠词的考查一般会放在单项填空、完形填空和短文改错中进行，除了一些固定搭配，还有可能设计一些多变的句式，要求考生灵活，到位地掌握冠词在各种语言环境中的运用。‎ ‎ 预测2：prefer的用法 ‎ 预测根据：prefer是一个较口语化的单词，尤其是其搭配prefer to do rather than do和prefer doing to doing/prefer sth． to sth．中，to分别是不定式符号和介词的情况，最容易使考生混淆。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：prefer的灵活搭配在单项填空、完形填空题中都可以出题考查。解决此题的关键是看出其搭配形式采取哪一种。‎ ‎ 预测3：现在进行时表将来 预测根据：现在进行时表示将来是考查动词的时态与语态的一个重要方面，且近几年这种题目在高考单项选择中频繁出现，真正在地道的语境中考查考生的灵活性。‎ 命题角度预测：现在进行时表将来或过去进行表过去将来，一般会置于单项选择或完形填空中进行考查。考生必须很清楚此句式的特点及运用环境。‎ ‎ 预测4：consider的用法 ‎ 预测根据：consider是高中学习的一个重点词汇，也是考纲对动词用法考查的一个重点。‎ ‎ consider doing/consider-+-宾+(to be)+宾补的用法都是高考考查的热点之一。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：consider的用法通常会放在单项选择中进行考查。一般会与其他类似的动词放在一起，设动词辨析题，既可以是意义上的辨析，也可以是搭配上的辨析。‎ ‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的话题是旅游和生态旅游，因此在高考的完形填空与阅读理解中，出现类似话题的几率较大，因为这也是一个相对时尚的话题，并与我们的生活息息相关。考生应了解这方面的一些背景材料及目前所存在着的一些问题，以便有利于理解可能， 出现的此类文章。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点4 I visiting temples to going to the beach.‎ ‎ A. am preferring B. am preferred C. prefer D. am to prefer ‎1．c点拨：prefer不用于进行时或被动式。 ‎ ‎ [备考2]测试考点10 --Will you walk to the cinema this eve-ning?‎ ‎ No, we will go there by bike on foot.‎ ‎ A. instead .B. and C. or D. instead of ‎2．D 点拨：instead of后接与前面by bike对等的on foot介词短语。 ‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点11 The train is getting to Shanghai.‎ A. close B. closely C. closed D. closing ‎3．A点拨：get close to靠近……，close是副词，表距离的近。 ‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点 1 --My parents and I consider John honest.‎ ‎ --Do you think so? I find sometimes he tells lies.‎ A. like B. being C. to be D. for being ‎4．C 点拨：consider sb．/sth．(to be)+adj/n．结构。 ‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点1 __ her age, she looks young.‎ ‎ A. Consider B. Considering C. To consider D. Considered ‎5．B点拨：considering后接名词或从句，表示¨考虑到……”。 ‎ ‎ [备考6]测试考点 3 We can learn much from the teacher.‎ ‎ A. experience B. experiences C. experiencing D. experienced ‎6．D点拨：experienced是形容词,表“有经验的”．修饰名词teacher. ‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点10 It will take days by car, so let's fly ‎ ‎ A. instead B. instead of C. or D. and ‎7．A点拨：instead为副词，可单独使用，表示代替，更换。 ‎ ‎[备考8]测试考点12 Tom, can you help me take some water to the kitchen?‎ ‎ --Yes __‎ ‎ A. Im coming B. I will C. I do D. I would ‎8．A点拨：Im coming．句式是进行时态表将来的用法。 ‎ ‎ [备考9]测试语法 you things about. Look, what amess in your room.‎ ‎ A. always throw B. have always thrown C. are always throwing D. have "always been throwing ‎9．c点拨：always与进行时连用不表示进行而表示一种感情色彩。在此句中表示。厌恶或批评”的感情色彩。 ‎ ‎[备考10]全国统一高考新题型：单词辨音 ‎ ‎ 从四个选项中，找出其画线部分与所给单词的画线部分读音相同的选项。‎ ‎ (1)include A. century B. such C. culture D. conclude ‎(2)southern A. should B. would C. enough D. round ‎ (3)native A. madam B. Spanish C, candy D. phrase ‎ (4)usage A. measure B. special C. Asia D. sure ‎ (5)changes A. examples B. fares C. choices D. classmates ‎10．(1)D (2)D (3)D (4)B (5)C ‎ 第一册 Unit 4 Unforgettable experiences I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．final 2．advanced 3．flOwing 4．frightened/frightening 5．nation 6．Fearful 高考须掌握的短语：1．place 2．on 3．up 4．on 5．through 6．on 7．agent 8．to 9．in。‎ Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．advance vi．&vt．前进；提前 n．前进；提升 eg：A year has passed ‎ and the work has not advanced．一年过去了，可工作却没什么进展。‎ ‎ The scientist advanced a new method to treat SARS patients．‎ ‎ 那位科学家提出一种治疗非典患者的新方法。‎ ‎ There were so many people that our advance was slow．‎ 由于人太多，我们前进速度缓慢。‎ 相关链接;advanced adj．先进的；高级的eg：‎ ‎ advanced maths高等数学 an advanced worker一个先进工作者用法拓展;in advance预先；提前；在…之前 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 (200S，广州测试，1分)she suffered from a serious disease but died at an age．‎ A．advance B．advanced C．advances D．advancing 考题1-2 (典型例题He ran so fast that he was two metres of his competitors．‎ A. in advance B. advancing C. advance D. advanced 考题1-1点拨:答案为B。at an advanced a&e在高龄，句意为：“她遭受一种严重疾病的折磨但还是活到高龄才去世。”‎ 考题1-2点拨;答案为A。in advance of=in frot of在……之前。句意为；“他跑得如此之快以至于他比竞争时手快2米。”‎ ‎2．strike vt．&vi ．击打；打动 eg：The cIock struck twelve．时钟敲了12下。‎ ‎ I Was struck by the beauty ofthe West Lake．我被西湖的美所打动。‎ 相关键接：strike n．&v．罢工用法拓展．be struck by被……所打动 ‎ strike还可表示“突然想到” eg：It strutk me that we ought to make a new arrangement．我突然想到我们该重新作出安排。‎ 考题2-1 (典型例题分)The first time 1 saw the West Lake, I was by its beauty.‎ ‎ A. struck B. beaten C. hit D. felt 考题2-2 .When I got home, I found the door open.‎ ‎ A terrible thought me--had anyone broken into the house?‎ ‎ A. beat B. knocked C. struck D. appeared 考题2—1点拨；答案为A。be struek by表示“被……所打动”。句意为：“我第一次看到西湖，就被它的美所打动。”‎ 考题2—2点拨：答案为C。strike在此表示“忽然想起”。句意为：“当我到家的时候，我发现门开着。我忽然有了一个可怕的念头——是否有人破门而入了?” ‎ ‎3．fear，1．害怕；担心 vt．&vi．害怕；畏惧eg：‎ His face went paIe with fear．他吓得脸色苍白。‎ ‎ There is nothing ti fear．没有什么好害怕的。‎ 用法拓展:fear for替……担心in fear of担心……‎ ‎ for fear of防备/以免……for fear(that)唯恐/以防……特别提醒：for fear that引导的从句中的动词形式，除了常用的should以外，还可以用may，might，wonld。 ‎ 考题3 (典型例题)I dare not tell you what he did he should be angry with me.‎ ‎ A. fear for B. for fear that C. in fear that D. for fear of 考题3点拨；答案为B。根据后面是从句形式，可排除A、D项；for fear that表示“唯恐”，句意为：。我不敢告诉你他干了什么事，唯恐他生我的气。”‎ ‎4．marry vt& vi．结婚；嫁；娶eg：He marrl‘ed young．他很早就结婚了。‎ ‎ Her sister married a rich man．她姐姐嫁给了一个有钱人。‎ 相关链接：marriage n．婚姻用法拓展：get married结婚(表动作) be married结婚(表状态)特别提醒：表示与某人结婚．介词不用witb而应该用to.‎ 考题4 My uncle until he met Mary.‎ ‎ A. married B. didn't marry C. was not marrying D. would marry 考题4点拨：答案为B。本题中含有连词unti—l，又因marry是非延续性动词，因此要用否定句，答素应在B、c中选择,marry是短暂性动词，通常不用于进行时，可排除c。句意为：“表叔叔直到遇见玛丽才结婚。‎ ‎5．before prep．(表时间)在……之前；较……早eg：‎ ‎ we started before daybrea k_我们在天亮之前就出发了。‎ 用法拓展：(1)before可表示“还没有·…“就……”之意 ‎ eg：He bought a new．car before he sold the old ‎ one．他旧车没卖便买了新车。‎ ‎ (2)before还可表示“在……之后”，“待……后再……”‎ ‎ eg：It won't be long before you get used to wearing ‎ glasses．很快你就会习惯戴眼镜了。‎ 考题5-1 (典型例题)--What was the party like？‎ ‎ --Wonderful. It's years I enjoyed myself so much.‎ A. after B. before C. when D. since 考题5-2 (典型例题)Someone called me up in the middle of the night, but he hung up I could answer the phone.‎ ‎ A. as B. since C. until D. before 考题5—1点拨：答素为D。句型“It is+段时间+sinee 引导的从句”。表示“自从……以来已经……时闻了。”句意为：“晚会怎么样?” “很好!我已经很久没玩得那么愉快了。”‎ 考题5—2点拨：答案为D。向意为：“有人半夜给我打电话，但我还没来得及接就挂断了。”‎ 二、重点短语 ‎6．be Callghtin遭遇；碰上eg：‎ ‎ We were caught in a shower on the way home．我们在回家的途中遇上阵雨。‎ 用法拓展：catch sb．doing sth．碰上/遇上某人正在做某事 be caught doing sth．某人被发现正在做某事 考题6-1 (典型例题 分 ) The clerk was fired because he was caught money from the bank.‎ ‎ A. steal B. stealing C. to steal D. stolen 考题6-2 (典型例题)--Why was he fired by the company?‎ ‎ --Oh, because he was caught in the workshop.‎ ‎ A. smoke B. smoking C. smoked D. to smoke 考题6—1点拨：答案为B。句型为sb．be caught doing sth．。句意为；“那个职员因为被抓到从银行偷钱而被解雇了。?‎ 考题6—2点拨；答案为B。同6—1 ‎ ‎7．on fire失火 eg：The whole building was on fi reI整座大楼都着火了。‎ 用法拓展：(be)on fire失火；在燃烧(状态)‎ ‎ catch fire着火(动作) set fire to sth．纵火 ‎ put out the fire灭火make a fire生火 ‎ light/start a fire点火 考题7 The forest for two weeks and the big fire is still out of control.‎ ‎ A. has caught fire B. has been on fire C. has been set on fire D. has set to fire 考题7点拨：答案为B。catch fire和be set on fire都是瞬时动词词组，不能与for two weeks来搭配使用Ibe on fire表示着火的状态。‎ ‎ 句意为：“森林失火已两周，大火仍处于失控状态。” ‎ ‎8．hold on to抓住(不'放)，抓牢eg：‎ ‎ It WaS so windy that I had to hold on to my hat aIl the way．‎ ‎ 风很大．我得一路上抓住帽子。‎ 用法拓展：hold on to还可表示“保持；不放弃”eg：The old man held on to his job and would not retire．那位老人不肯离开工作岗位，不愿退休。特别提醒：hold on to—hold onto 考题8 (典型例题分)We thought ofselling this old furniture, but we've decided to it. It might be valuable.‎ ‎ A. hold on to B. keep up with C. turn to D. look after 考题8点拨：答案为A ， hold on to抓住不放；keep up with赶上；turn to转到；求助于；look after照看。句意为：“我们想到过要把这件旧家具卖掉，但我们还是决定留下来，它可能很值钱。” ‎ ‎9．used to do(以前)常做……；习惯做……eg：‎ ‎ I used to go fishing on Sundays．我以前常在星期天去钓鱼。‎ 用法拓展：be/get/become used to+n．/doing习惯于某事/做某事特别提醒：used to do中的to是不定式符号．be/get/become used to中的to是介词。 ‎ 考题9 He used. To up late on Sunday mornings, but now he gets used to up early every morning.‎ ‎ A. get; get B. getting; getting C. get; getting D. getting; get 考题9点拨：，答案为c。used to do过去常常；get used to doing习惯做某事。‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎ ‎10．Don't worry!We're playing for fun．别担心，我们是闹着玩的。‎ 用法拓展：for fun闹着玩的；开玩笑地 ‎ make fun of开……的玩笑；取笑……eg：‎ ‎ What fun it is!多好玩的事!特别提醒：fun”．高兴；乐趣；有趣的人或事；是一个不可数名词。‎ 考题10 (典型例题分)__ it is to laugh and sing a sleigh song tonight !‎ ‎ A. What fun B. How funny C. What a fun D. How fun 考题10点拨：答案为A。fun是不*-l-4g~-g词，不能与a连用，不用副词how修饰，而应该由what引导感叹句。‎ 四、重点句型 ‎11．…long before．一的固定句式 ‎ (1)It took/was long before…过了很久才……eg：‎ ‎ It took long before we arrived at the village．过了很久我们才到达村庄。‎ ‎ (2)It didn't take/wasn't long before,一过了不久就……eg：‎ ‎ It didn't take long before the fire was under control．不久火势就被控制住了。‎ ‎ (3)It will take/be long before…要过很久才……eg：‎ ‎ It will be long before the new school is built up．要过很久才能建成新校。‎ ‎ (4)It won't take/be long before…不久就会……eg：‎ ‎ It won't be long before we meet again．不久我们就会再见面的。 ‎ 特别提醒：long before很久以前．before long不久 考题11-1 It won't be the job is finished.‎ ‎ A. long before B. before long C. long since D. long after 考题11-2 You needn't tell me about it. I have known about it __‎ ‎ A. before long B. long before C. long after D. long ago ‎ 考题11-1点拨：答案为A。考查句式It won't be long before…。句意为：“不久这件工作就可以完成。”‎ ‎ 考题11—2点拨：答案为B。before long不久；long before很久以前。句意为：“你不用告诉我关于那件事了。我早已有所了解。”‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎12．sound，voice，noise sound含义最广，可指一切可听到的声音。 voice特指人说话的声音、歌声及鸟叫的声音。 noise指令人讨厌的声音、嘈杂声、噪音等。‎ 考题12 (典型例题)Suddenly I heard a strange downstairs, then came a man's ‎ A. noise； sound B. voice; sound C. noise ; voice D. sound ; voice 考题12点拨：答案为D。句意为：“突然我听到楼下有个奇怪的声音，然后传来一个男子说话的声音。”‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 定语从句(一)‎ ‎ 定语从句是英语复合句中很重要的一种从句，是很普遍的英语语言现象，也是各类考试特别是高考的常考点、必考点。‎ ‎ 学习定语从句，必须掌握其基本概念、基本结构、关系代词(含as)引导的定语从句、关系副词引导的定语从句、关系代词前带介词的定语从句、关系代词that、which、as的用法区别、限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句、定语从句中的主谓一致以及定语从句与其他一些从句的关联等内容。‎ ‎ 在定语从句的学习中，要注意从语义上领会如何选择定语从句的引导词，掌握关系代词that， which，as在一些特殊情况下的用法区别，关系代词与介词连用中介词的选定及其与相关关系副词的替换等。一、基本概念1．在句子中充当定语、修饰句子中的名词或代词的从句叫做定语从句。 eg：‎ ‎ Mr Zhang who is our teacher of English is s．trict with us．(该句中who is our teacher of English即为定语从句。)我们的英语老师张先生对我们要求严格。‎ 考题1 (典型例题分) He paid the boy $10 for washing the windows, most of hadn't been cleaned for at least a year.‎ ‎ A. these B. those C. which D. that ‎2．在句子中被定语从句修饰的名词或代词叫做先行词。(前句中Mr Zhang为先行词。)3．在句子中引导定语从句的词叫做关系代词或关系副词。(前句中who为关系代词。)4．限制性定语从句：在意义上与先行词紧密相连，对先行词起限制作用。使其具体化的定语从句叫做限制性定语从句。这类定语从句不能省略，否则句子意义就不完整。 eg：‎ ‎ Do you still remember the teacher who taught us mathematics at university?你还记得在大学时 ‎ 教我们数学的那个老师吗?5．非限制性定语从句：在意义上与先行词不是十分密切、只是对先行词作一些附加说明的定语从句 ‎ 叫做非限制性定语从句。这类定语从句往往用逗号与主句隔开来。 ell：‎ ‎ I used to live behind a school，where there is a supermarket now．我过去住在一所学校后面，现在 ‎ 那里是一家超市。 ‎ 二、基本结构 ‎ 定语从句一般放在先行词后面，由关系代词who，whom，whose，which，that，as或关系副词 when，where，why等引导。 eg：‎ ‎ The man who is standing there is our teacher of Engli．sh．站在那里的那位男士是我们英语老 ‎ 师。(其中man是先行词，who是关系代词作引导词，who is standing there是定语从句。）‎ ‎ 1s this the place where Mr Lu was born?这是鲁先生出生的地方吗?(其中place是先行词，‎ ‎ where是关系副词作引导词，where Mr Lu was born是定语从句一关系代词或关系副词在定语从句中充当一个成分，如第1句中的who作定语从句的主语，第2句中的where作状语。‎ 考题2 (典型例题分) The teacher was .always praising Tom in class, , of course, made the other students envy.‎ ‎ A. who B. which. C. that D. what 三、引导定语从句的关系代词 ‎ 引导定语从句的关系代词有who，whom，whose，that，which和as。‎ ‎ 当先行词指代人时，可用who，whom，whose或that引导；当先行词指代事物时，可用that，which，as或whose引导；当先行词部分包含人和事物时，一般用that引导。 eg：The student who/that didn't come yesterday is ill．昨天没有来的那个学生病了。‎ ‎ The doctor(who/whom/that)we met jUSt now is from Australia．我们刚碰见的那位大夫来自澳大利亚。‎ ‎ The boy whose computer doesn't work properly needs your help．他的电脑不能正常工作的那位男孩需要你的帮助。‎ ‎ The storybook that/which was written by his uncle is quite interesting．他叔叔写的那本故事书十分有趣。‎ ‎ This is iust the watch(that which) bought France ．这就是我从法国买的那块表。‎ ‎ Can you see the loom whose windows face south7你能看见那问窗户朝南的房子吗?‎ ‎ as作为关系代词时，可单独引导定语从句，也可与主句中的such或the same呼应引导定语从句。 eg：‎ ‎ As we all know，the sun rises in the east．我们都知道，太阳从东方升起。‎ ‎ Why were you paid less?You did completely the same work as they did．为什么你们得到的工资这么少?你们和他们做的是完全一样的工作。‎ ‎ My sister gave me such a useful English-Chinese dictionary as has helped me a lot in my studies．我姐姐送给我一本很有用的英汉字典，在我的学习中它帮了我很大的忙。‎ 四、关系代词that和which引导定语从句时的用法区别 ‎1．下列情况下．一般用that而不用which。‎ ‎ (1)当先行词被形容词最高级形式修饰时eg：This is the best movie(that)we have seed this year．这是今年我们看过的最好的电影。‎ ‎ (2)当先行词被the very，the only，just the修饰时eg： ‎ ‎ Oh，this is the very book(that)I am looking for．噢，这正好就是我在找的书。‎ ‎ The only thing(that)Jack needs is more time．杰克仅需要的东西是更多的时间。‎ ‎ London is just the place(that)he is going to．伦敦正是他要去的地方。‎ ‎ (3)当先行词被序数词修饰时eg：‎ ‎ The first place of interest(that)we visited was the Great Wall．我参观过的第一个名胜是长城。‎ ‎ (4)当先行词中既有人又有物时eg：‎ ‎ We talked for three hours about the people and things(that)we remembered．我们就我们记忆中的人和物谈论了三个小时。‎ ‎ (5)当先行词是a11，something，anything，everything，nothing，few，little，much等不定代词时eg：All that glitters is not gold．并非所有发光的东西都是金子。‎ ‎ Is there anything(that)I can do for you?有需要我帮你做的事吗?‎ ‎ 考题3 (典型例题分)These hou-ses are sold at such a low price people expected.‎ ‎ A. like B. as C. that D. which ‎ 2．下列情况下，一般用which而不用that。‎ ‎ (1)引导非限制性定语从句时 eg：He bought his daughter an electronic organ，which pleased her a lot．他给他女儿买了一部电风琴，这部电风琴很令她满意。‎ ‎ She looks pale today，which suggests that she is-11．她今天看起来脸色苍白，这表明她生病了。‎ ‎ (2)引导词与介词连用时 eg：The film about which they are talking lasts two hours．他们正谈论的那部电影持续两个小时。‎ ‎ Do you still remember the day on which you came to this school for the first time?你还记得你第一次来这所学校的那一天吗?‎ ‎ 如果定语从句的谓语动词是含有介词的短语动词，则一般不拆开，介词仍放在动词后面 eg：‎ ‎ Is this the watch(which/that)he was looking for?这是他在找的那块表吗?‎ ‎ The babies(whom/who/that)the nurses are looking after are very healthy．护士们照看的那些婴儿很健康。 ‎ ‎ 五、关系代词as和which引导定语从句时的用法异同点 ‎ 1．as和which都可以引导非限制性定语从句，放在先行词后面时有时候可相互替换eg：The earth moves round the sun，as/which is known to us alI．我们大家都知道，地球绕着太阳转。‎ ‎ 2．当非限制性定语从句位于句首时，一般用as而不用which eg：As you know，George is a good friend of mine．正如你所知道的，乔治是我的一个好朋友。‎ ‎ As is natural，I respect you as well as my brother．很自然，我尊敬你也尊敬我的哥哥。 ‎ ‎ 六、定语从句中的主谓一致问题 ‎ 当关系代词作定语从句的主语时，其后的谓语动词在人称和数方面与先行词保持一致。 eg：‎ ‎ The dictionary．which was given by my sister is auite usefulin mv st-dies．这本字典在我的学习中用处很大，它是我姐姐送我的。 ‎ ‎ Those students who are from France always study hard． ．‎ ‎ 那些从法国来的学生学习很努力。‎ ‎ 考题1点拨：答案为C。关系代词与物连用时，只能用which不能用that。‎ ‎ 专题2 点拨：答案为B。引导非限制性定语从句关系代词用which。‎ ‎ 考题3点拨：答案为B。such修饰先行词，由关系代词as与之呼应，引导定语从句。‎ IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：如何练习写好单句，提高写作水平专题详解：‎ 经常练习一句多译，即用同义、近义词语或不同的语法结构、句式来表达相同的意思，是提高书面表达能力的重要技巧。‎ ‎1．虽然他很年轻．但他知道的很多。‎ a. Although/Though he is young,he knows a lot. b. Although/Though he is young,yet he knows a lot. c. He is young,but he knows a lot. d. Young as he is，he knows a lot.‎ 注意：“虽然……但是……”英语用although/though引导从句，主句不可再用but(要排除汉语用法的干扰)，但可用yet或still；用as引导从句时要用倒装句。‎ ‎2．这张桌子需要修理。‎ a. The desk needs / wants/requires repairing. b. The desk needs to be repaired.‎ ‎ 注意：need、want、require加v．-ing主动形式具有被动意义，相当need后跟不定式的被动形式。‎ ‎3．李平一到车站，火车就开了。a. The train left as soon as/immediately/the moment Li Ping got to the station. b. Li Ping had no sooner got to the station than the train left. c. Li Ping had hardly got to the station when the train left.注意：“一……就……”用as soon as、immediately、the moment 引导，这时主从句都用过去时，但当主句用一般将来时时，从句须用现在时；no sooner,．．than…/hardly…when,．．也表达同一意思，主句用过去完成时，从句用一般过去时。no sooner、hardly置于句首时，句子要倒装。‎ ‎4．为了赶上第一班车，他起得很早。‎ a. He got up early to/in order to/so as to catch the first bus. b. He got up early in order that/so that he might catch the first bus.‎ ‎ 注意：表示“为了……”，用to+v．、in order to+v．、so as to+v (其逻辑主语须与句子的主语一致)或in order that从句或so that从句(主从句的两个主语可一致，也可不一致)。‎ ‎5．他把门锁上后回家了。‎ a. Airier he locked the door, he went home. b. Having locked the door, he went home. c. After the door was locked,he went home. d. With the door locked,he went home. e. He locked the door and then went home.‎ 注意：该句使用了从句(a、c两句)、分词(b句)、独立结构(d句)和并列谓语(e句)表达了同样的意思。归纳：在做书面表达时，要尽量扬长避短，在不改变原文内容的前提下，要灵活地运用最熟悉最有把握的词词汇和句式。这样，才能得较高的分数。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点5(典型例题 was some time we realized the truth．‎ ‎ A．when B．until C．since D．before ‎1．D点拨：before表示“在……之前”。句意为：“过了一．段时间，我们才认识到真理。”‎ 回顾2 测试考点6(典型例题)He looked around and caught a man his hand into a pocket of a passenger．‎ ‎ A．put B．to be putting C．to put D．putting ‎2．D点拨：考查固定搭配catch sb．doing"抓到某人正在干某事。”‎ 回顾3 测试语法(典型例题Do you still remember the chicken farm we visited three months ago?‎ ‎ A．where B．when C．that D．what ‎3．c点拨：visited后缺少宾语，要用that填写。‎ 回顾4 测试语法 (典型例题The United States is made up of fifty states，one of s separated from the others bv the Pacific Ocean． ‎ ‎ A．them B．those C．which D．whose ‎4．C点拨：one of which后接定语从句，表示”其中一个(州)”。them和those不引导定语从句；whose的意思是“谁的”，在定语从句中作定语。‎ 回顾5 测试语法 (典型例题 iS reported in the newspaper，talks between the two countries are making pro gress．‎ ‎ A．It B．As C．That D．What ‎5．B点拨：as引导定语从句，意思是“正如”。句意为：“正如报纸上所报道的那样，两国的会谈取得了进展。”‎ 回顾6 测试语法 (典型例题yway，the evening， I’ll tell you、more about later，l ended up staying at Rachel's place．‎ ‎ A．when B．where C．what D．which ‎6．D点拨：这是一个非限制性定语从句，which在定语从句中+作about的宾语。 ‎ 回顾7 测试语法(典型例题 has been an—nounced，we shall have our final exams next month．‎ ‎ A．That B．As C．It D．What ‎7．B点拨：as引导定语从句，表示“正如”。句意为：“正如所宣布的那样，我们下月要进行期末考试。”‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：对定语从句的考查 ‎ 预测根据：定语从句是高中语法教学的重点之一．也是高考的重要考点与布点。每年的高考题中，定语从句是必考的内容。‎ 命题角度预测：对定语从句的考查一般会设置在单项选择题上进行，命题往往不会直来直去．而是运用插入、倒装等形式．使句子显得复杂。这就要求考生能在准确把握定语从句的各条语法规则的基础上，对句式进行准确把握，选出最合适的答案。‎ 预测2：辨析：strike，hit，beat ‎ 预测根据：动词的辨析是高考考查的一个重点，而strike，hit，beat又是三个需要掌握且容易混淆的动词。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：动词的辨析通常会置于完形填空题中进行考查。考生要特别注意这三个动词strike，hit，beat分别表示的含义及使用的语言环境，然后根据考题的语境进行选择。‎ 预测3：形容词advanced的用法 ‎ 预测根据：advanced是个典型的形容词，表示“先进的；高级的；高等的”．是高中学生须掌握的一个词汇，但有的学生在学习中常把重点放在动词advanced的用法上．而忽视advanced作形容词的用法。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此要点的考查通常会放在完形填空或短文改错中进行。只要准确把握advanced作形容词的用法就可以了。‎ 预测4．be caught in的用法 ‎ 预测根据：考生往往会注意catch作动词的用法．而忽视be caught in表示“遭遇；陷入”的用法。而此搭配是一个常用句式．也是考查的要点之 。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：be caught in常放在单项选择．完形填空和短文改错中进行考查，且出现非谓语动词的儿率较大。‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的话题是unforgettable experiences．即难忘的经历。根据此话题，高考在完形填空、阅读理解或书面表达中出现围绕此话题的可能性很大。 ‎ 二、考题预测 ‎ [备考1]测试考点2 On hearing the news．I felt my heart fast．‎ ‎ A．striking B．hitting C．beating D．touching ‎1．C点拨：“心脏的跳动”，用动词beat表示。 ‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点10 to have a talk with those humourous persons!‎ ‎ A．What a fun it is B．How funny C．It's such a fun D．What fun it is ‎2．D点拨：fun是不可数名词。‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点7 The prison was fire last night． Someone must have set fire it．‎ ‎ A．on；with B．on；to C．over；with D．over；to ‎3．B点拨：be on fire着火；set fire to…向……放火。 ‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点4 Jane's summer vacation in England led to her an Englishman． ‎ A．marry B．marrying C．to marry D．being married ‎4．B点拨：her marrying an Englishman这个动名词的复合结构充当to的宾语。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点11 It won't be I go to visit my teacher again． ‎ A．before long B．long before C．long ago D．long since ‎5．B点拨：考查It won't be long before…句式。‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点6 The girl was scolded because she was caught money from the drawer．‎ ‎ A．steal B．stealing C．stole D．stolen ‎6．B点拨：catch sb．doing的被动式为sb．be caught doing。‎ ‎[备考7]测试语法 Such things you described are rare noW．‎ ‎ A．as B．who C．that D．which ‎7．A点拨：such修饰先行词，关系代词用as。‎ ‎[备考8]高考新题型：单词学音从四个选项中，找出其画线部分与所给单词的画线部分读音相同的选项。‎ ‎(1)calm A. camera B. crazy C. situation D. laugh ‎(2)trust A. purpose B. June C. during D. thunder ‎(3)asked A. realized B. caused C. finished D. needed ‎(4)reason A. feeling B. series C. friend D. weather ‎(5)gossip A. concern B. advice C. indoors D. choose ‎8．(1)D (2)D (3)C (4)A (5)B 第一册 Unit 5 The sllver screen I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．silvery 2．dramatic 3．choose4．cruel 5．peaceful 6．acceptable 7．ice 8．determined 9．Act 高考须掌握的短语：1．silver 2．up 3．off 4．wrong 5．to 6．in 7．away 8．up 9．after 10．back 11．on 12．of Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．role n角色eg：She is the leading mle in the play．她是戏里的主角。‎ He played the mIe of the dld king in our school play．他在我们学校演的剧中扮演老国王的角色。‎ 用法拓展：play a role inplay a part in在……中起作用 ‎ play the leadjng role起主要作用；起带头作用 ‎ play the role of(s b．)(在剧中)扮演(某人)角色 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1 (典型例题As is known to alI． role that women play in otlr society is very important．‎ A. an B. the C.a D./‎ 考题1点拨：答案为B。此句考查了词组play a role in…：“在……中起作用”。当role前置，后接定语从句时，把a改为the，用于特指。‎ ‎2．speed n．[U]速度 V．加速；飞跑eg：‎ ‎ The motorbike turned the comer at full speed．摩托车飞速地拐过了街角。‎ ‎ He sped the car through the woods．他加快车速穿过树林。‎ 用法拓展：with speed快速地=at speed ‎ at a spaed of以……的速度speed up加速 ‎ More haste，less speed．欲速则不达。‎ 考题2 ( 典型例题 分 ) The train runs a speed of 70 miles an hour when it crosses the desert.‎ ‎ A. with B. in C. at D. for 考题2点拨；答案为C。此题考查at a speed of搭配。句意为：“火车穿过沙漠时以每小时70英里的速度行进。”‎ ‎3．owe vt．& vi．欠(债等)；感激；把……归功于 eg：‎ ‎ I still owe a great deal on my new house．我新房子的借款还有许多未还清。‎ ‎ She owes her success to good luck．她把成功归功于幸运。‎ ‎ I owe my thanks to you．我对你不胜感激。‎ 相关链接：OWing to因为；由于一because of；on account of用法拓展：owe sb．sth．一owe sth．to sb．欠某人某物或将某事归功于某人 考题3 (典型例题分) your assistance, he finished the job in only two hours.‎ ‎ A. Owing to B. Owing C. Owed to D. Owed 考题3点拨：答案为A。owing to因为，由于。句意为：“由于你的帮助，他仅用两小时就把工作干完了。”‎ ‎4．1ive adj．实况转播的；活的；生动的；精力充沛的 adv．现场地；直播地eg： It wasn't a recorded show，it was lite．那不是录音节目，是实况转播。 The cat was playing with a liye mouse．那只猫在玩一只活老鼠。‎ 相关链接：living，alive，live均可表示活着的，living作定语、表语均可；alive作定语、表语均可，定语需后置；live只能作定语；lively意为活泼的。 ‎ ‎ all the living people=all the people aliive 考题4 (典型例题 分 ) fishes are usually expensive than dead ones, because it's not easy to keep them ‎ A. Living; alive B. Live; alive C. Living; live D. Alive; living 考题4点拨；答案为A。alive不可作前置定语，瞬此先排除Dtliving与dead相对应，可排除B项；keep．一alive表示使……存活。句意为；“活鱼通常比死鱼贵。因为活鱼不容易保活。”‎ ‎5．afford埘．花得起；买得起eg：‎ ‎ This kind of car COSTS a lot of money，but he can afford it．‎ ‎ 这种汽车得花很多钱，但他能买得起。‎ 用法拓展：afford常用can，could，be abIe to连用，意为：“有足够的钱(时间，地方等)做……。”eg：‎ ‎ ld love to go on holiday，but I can't afford the time．我想去度假，可是抽不出时间。‎ ‎ afford to do sth．负担得起/承受得起干某事 考题5 We can't afford __ this house because we won't make the ends meet.‎ ‎ A. buying B. to buy C. bought D. to be bought 考题5点拨。答案为B。考查can't afford to do句式。．句意为：“我们买不起这房子，因为我们将入不敷出。”‎ 二、重点短语 ‎6．in the 1980s在二十世纪八十年代 在表示(几十)年代时，在年代的后面加s或加’s，如在20世纪50年代，可表达为：in/during the 1950s/1950's 用法拓展；表示某人几十岁时，通常用“物主代词+数词的复数形式”来表示。 eg：in his forties在他四十多岁时特别提醒：(1)“十几岁时”要用in one's teens，不能用in one's tens表示。(2)年代前必须用定冠词the。‎ 考题6 It is not rare in that people in fifties are going to university for further education.‎ ‎ A. 90s; the B. the 90s; / C. 90s; .their D. the 90s; their.‎ 考题6点拨；答案为D。在表示(几十)年代时。在年代后加s或’s，年代前须用定冠词thet第二空表示在某人几十岁时，用in one's+敷词的复数形式。 ‎ ‎7．go wrong 走错路/误人歧途；不对头/出毛病eg：‎ ‎ They haren't arrived yet．Maybe they went wrong．‎ ‎ 他们还没到，或许走错了路。‎ ‎ Something has gone wrong with TV．‎ ‎ 电视出毛病了。‎ 考题7 (典型例题)--What worried him so much?‎ ‎ --His hair's grey.‎ ‎ A. going B. becoming C. turning D. staying 用法拓展：go用作系动词，表示不好的变化。 eg：‎ ‎ go bad变坏；变质 go hungry饿了 go mad疯了 go blind瞎了特别提醒：turn，become均可用作系动词．表示“变得”，但turn．be—‎ ‎ come还可表示从某种状态向其他状态变化的现象。‎ 考题7点拨：答案为A。go grey变灰；变白。B、C、D三个选项皆可与形容词连用，但go与形容词连用，强调不好的变化，与句意相符。 ‎ ‎8．can't help doing禁不住地做某事eg： We COUldn't help j‘umping at the good news．听到这个好消息，我们禁不住跳起来。‎ 用法拓展：can't help(to)do不能帮着做……can't help but do不能不做……eg：I can't help but respect him．我不能不尊重他。‎ 考题8-1 (典型例题)Im sorry I Can't help the box because have so many things myself.‎ ‎ A. to carry B. carrying C. carried D. being carried 考题8-2 (典型例题)Whiie shopping ,people sometimes can't help into buying something they don't really need.‎ ‎ A. to persuade 13. persuadin, g C. being persuaded D. be persuaded 考题8--1点拨；答案为A。can't help(to)do表示“不能帮着干……”。考题8—2点拨。答案为c。can't help doing表示禁不住干某事，其被动形式为：can't help being done。句意为：“在购物时，人们有时禁不住地被说服买一些他们不是真正需要的东西。”‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎9．What do you think happens befbre this scene?‎ ‎ 你认为在这一场景之前发生了什么?‎ ‎ 本句中的do you think影响了what引导句式的语序。在特殊疑问句 ‎ 中出现do you think/suppose/t‘magine/beIieve等时，句中的其他内容使用陈述语序。 eg：‎ ‎ HOW do you think the party wm end?你认为这场晚会将如何结束?‎ 考题9 get such a pair of shoes for my son?‎ ‎ A. Where do you think can I ‎ B. Do you think where I can ‎ C. Where do you think I can ‎ D. Do you think where can I 考题9点拨，答案为c。where引导的特殊疑问句中出现do you think，其余内容用陈述语序。句意为；“你认为我在哪儿可以为儿子买到这样的一双鞋子?”‎ 四、重点句型 ‎10．The village leader，Mr Tian，asks Wei Minzhi to take Mr Gao's place until he comes back．村长田先生要求魏敏芝在高老师回来前代他上课。until“直到……”，用于肯定句时，指某一动作一直延续到until所表示的时间为止；用于否定句时，表示“直到……才……”，表示某一动作直到J比时才开始。 eg：1 was reading t．1l/until he came back．我一直看书到他回来。I didn't go to bed till/until112 o'cloc k．直到十二点我才睡觉。‎ 特别提醒：until常与till互换使用，但Untill可放于句首，till则不能；not until连用时，until不可换用tiil。‎ 考题10 (典型例题 分)--Was his father very strict with him when he was at school?‎ ‎ --Yes. He had never praised him he became one of the top students in his grade.‎ ‎ A. after B. unless C. until D. when 考题10点拨；答案为c。此处never．一until…相当于not．一until…。句意为：“当他上学时他父亲对他严格吗?”“是的，直到他成为年级中最好的学生之一时才表扬他。” ‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎11．take the pIace of，take place，take one's place，in place of ‎ ‎ take the plflee of代替，取代；take place发生(无被动式)‎ ‎ take one's place入座，就位；代替某人的职位；‎ ‎ in place of介词短语“代替”，“取代” eg：Great changes have taken place in ‎ our country sinee 1990．自1990年以来，我国发生了巨大变化。‎ ‎ Take your place，please!请就坐。‎ ‎ Mr Gteen is m．who、till take his place to give us lessons?格林先生病了，谁来替代他给我们上课呢?‎ ‎ They used plastics in place of wood or meta1．他们用塑料代替木材或金属。‎ 考题11 ( 典型例题 分 ) Plastics can't steel completely.‎ ‎ A. instead B. instead of C. take the place of D. take place 考题11点拨，答案为C。can't后接动词原形，可排除A、B项；take place发生，可排除D项。句意为：“塑料不能完全取代钢材。”‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 定语从句(二)(一)引导定语从句的关系副词when，where，why，主要从以下几个方面去 掌握：1．如果先行词为“时间名词”且关系词在从句中作状语，可考虑用when引导定语从句，但如果关系词在从句中作主语或宾语，则用which或that引导定语从句。‎ ‎2．当先行词为“地点名词”且关系词在从句中作状语，可考虑用where引导定语从句，但如果关系词在从句中作主语或宾语，则用which或that引导定语从句。‎ ‎3．当先行词为reason时，且关系词在从句中作状语，可考虑用that，for which 或why引导定语从句而that常省略。但如果关系词在从句中作主语或宾语时，则用which或that引导定语从句。‎ ‎4．当先行词为way时，且关系词在从句中作状语，则常用that引导定语从句，that引导定语从句时常可省略。有时用in which或how引导，how用得很少。如果关系词在从句中作主语或宾语，则用that或which引导定语从句。eg：October 1．1949 was the day when the People's Republic of China wasfounded．1949年十月一日是中华人民共和国成立的日子。‎ Look，that is the house where Lu Xun was born． ．‎ ‎ 看!那是鲁迅先生出生的房子。‎ ‎ Do you know the reason why father looked unhappy this morning?你知道父 亲今天早上不高兴的原因吗?(二)定语从句中的介词前置于关系代词引导词前的情况 ‎1．关系代词which和whom在定语从句中作介词宾语时，该介词常可前置于关系代词之前。 eg：‎ ‎ Mum，this is Mr Smith from whom Ive learned a lot in my English studies．‎ ‎ 妈妈，这是我在英语学习和学习了很多知识的史密斯先生。‎ ‎ ls Wuhan University one of the universities in which they used to study?武汉大学是他们过去学习的其中一所大学吗?‎ ‎ 注意：定语从句的谓语动词如果是含有介词的短语动词．则一般不拆开，介词仍放在动词后面。‎ ‎2．介词前置与关系代词一起引导定语从句时，可与相关关系副词互换。 eg：‎ ‎ America is the country in which/where George Washington was horn．美国是乔治华盛顿出生的国家。‎ ‎ I have forgotten the exact date on which/when this small country became in—dependent．我已经忘记了这个小国家独立的确切日期。‎ ‎3．有时候，定语从句可由“名词(代词、数词)+介词+关系代词”结构引导。‎ ‎ eg：The book the cover of which is red has been sold OUt．封面是红色的那本书已经卖完了。‎ ‎ Jean has five brothers，three of whom are doctors．琼有五个哥哥，其中三个是医生。‎ 考题1 (典型例题He has got himself into a dangerous sithation he is likely to lose control of his car．‎ ‎ A．where B．which C．whier D．why ‎ 考题2 We'll be.shown around the city: schools, museums, and some other places, other visitors seldom go.‎ ‎ A. what B. which C. where D. when 考题3 I don't like you speak to her.‎ ‎ A. the way B. the way in that C. the way which D. the way of which 考题1点拨：答案为A。situation是先行词，后面的定语从句中缺少地点状语，用where引导，相当于in which。‎ 考题2点拨：答案为c。先行词是schools，museums，and some other places．在后面的定语从句中充当go的地点状语。‎ 考题3点拨:答案为A。the way作先行词时，关系词可用in which或that引导．且that可省略,此题正是考查这种用法。‎ IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：如何表达目的状语专题详解： ‎ 英语中的目的状语极为常见，如何在写作过程中运用好目的状语呢?英语中目的状语通常可由下列方式表示：‎ ‎1．运用连词词组引导目的状语从句。如so that(为使，以便)，in order that(为了……)等。‎ ‎ 举例：(1)1 want to leave now so that 1 won't be late． 为了不迟到，我现在就得走了。‎ ‎ (2)Tom saved money in order that he might buy a car． 汤姆为了买一辆车把钱存了起来。‎ ‎(3)ln order that he should not be late。his mother woke him at 6． 为了使他不至于迟到，母亲在6点钟叫醒了他。‎ ‎2．运用动词不定式短语作目的状语。有时，为了加强语气或者用于否定结构，用作目的状语的不定式之前通常用in order to，so as to。in order to(为了做某事)引导的目的状语可位于句首，也可位于句尾，但so as to(为使，以便)引导的目的状语通常放在句尾。 ‎ ‎ 举例：(1)In order to keep the insects out，she shut the window．她把窗子关上了，以免虫子飞入。‎ ‎ (2)They whispered in order not to wake the children．为了不弄醒孩子们他们小声说话。‎ ‎ (3)We took a taxi so as not to be late．为了不迟到，我们打的去。‎ ‎ (4)We held a meeting to discuss the question．我们举行了一次会议来讨论这个问题。‎ ‎ 3．运用介词短语作目的状语。常见用作目的状语的介词短语有：for(为了)，in the hope of(怀着……的期望)，in praise of(称赞；歌颂)，in honour of(为向……表示敬意；为了纪念……)，in search of(寻找，寻求)，for/with the purpose of(为了)等等。 ．‎ ‎ 举例：(1)People lined up for buses．人们排队等公共汽车。‎ ‎ (2)They went out in search of food．他们外出寻找食物。‎ ‎ (3)He came to Beiing for/with the purpose of seeing his younger brother．他来北京是为了探望他的弟弟。‎ ‎ (4)They often sing in praise of country life．他们经常演唱来歌颂乡村生活。‎ ‎ (5)1 went there in the hope of finding a new job．我怀着找一份好工作的希望去了那儿。‎ ‎ (6)They put uD a monument in the honour of those killed soldiers in battle．他们为纪念那些阵亡士兵而建造了一座纪念碑。‎ ‎ 考题点拨：The street was named after him in honour of his great contributions to the city．‎ 考题 翻译句子：为了纪念他对这个城市的巨大贡献，这条街以他的名字命名。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点 10 (典型例题分) Simon thought his computer was broken his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on.‎ ‎ A. until B. unless C. after D. because A点拨：until用于肯定句时．表示“直到……为止”。表示动作一直延续到后面的动作发生。‎ 回顾2 测试考点 10 (典型例题e were told that we should follow the main road we reached the central railway station.‎ ‎ A. whenever B. until C. while D. wherever ‎2．B点拨：until到……为止。表示主句中的动作follow the main road一直延续到到达中心火车站为止。‎ 回顾310 (典型例题e made a mistake, but then he corrected the situation it got worse.‎ ‎ A. until B. when C. before D. as ‎3．c点拨：句意为：“在形势变得糟糕之前他纠正了错误。”‎ 回顾4 测试考点 l0 (典型例题A good story-teller must be able to hold his listener's curiosity he reaches the end of the story.‎ ‎ A. when B. unless C. after D. until ‎4．D点拨：until用于肯定句时，表示“直到……为止。”句意为：一个好的讲故事的人只有能够使听众的好奇心保持到故事的结尾。才能使他们对故事感兴趣。”‎ 回顾5 测试考点 10 (典型例题)We were swimming in the lake suddenly the storm started.‎ ‎ A. when B. while C. until D. before ‎5．A点拨：when表示“前面某件事情正在或刚要发生，就在这时/那时发生另外一件事情。”句意为：“我们正在湖中游泳。就在那时，风暴开始了。”‎ 回顾6 测试语法 (典型例题分) There are altogether eleven books on the shelf, five are mine.‎ ‎ A. on which B. in which C. of which D. from which ‎6．c点拨：of which引导定语从句，表示“其中的”。句意为：“其中五本是我的。” ‎ 回顾7 测试语法 (典型例题George Orwell, was Eric Arthur, wrote many political novels and essays.‎ ‎ A. the real name B. what his real name C. his real name D. whose real name ‎7．D 点拨：这是一个非限制性定语从句．real name与George Orwell是所属关系，要用关系代词whose引导定语从句。‎ 回顾8 测试语法 ( 典型例题 ) American women usually identify their best friend as someone they can talk fre- quently.‎ ‎ A. who B. as C. about which D. with whom ‎8．D点拨：with whom引导定语从句，with与talk构成短语talk with表示“与……交谈。” ‎ 回顾9 测试语法(典型例题he factory produces half a million pairs of shoes every year, 80% are sold abroad.‎ ‎ A. of which B. which of C. of them D. of that ‎9．A点拨：of which引导定语从句，表示“其中的”。that不用于介词后，of them不能引导定语从句。句意为：“这家工厂每一年生产五十万双鞋．其中，80％销往国外。”‎ 回顾10 测试语法 (典型例题here was time I hated to go to school.‎ ‎ A. a; that B. a; when C. the; that D. the; when lO．B点拨：a time表示一段时问；when引导定语从句，修饰 time 回顾11 测试语法 (典型例题)There are two buildings, stands nearly a hundred feet high.‎ ‎ A. the larger B. the larger of them C. the larger one that D. the larger of which ‎11．D点拨：这是一个非限制性定语从句。‎ 回顾12 测试语法 ( 典型例题 ) I work in a business almost everyone is waiting for a great chance.‎ ‎ A. how B. which C. where D. that ‎12．C点拨：where引导定语从句．表示在做生意的地方。每个人都等待着发展的机遇。which和that引导定语从句，在从句中作主语、宾语或表语。‎ 回顾13 测试语法 (典型例题)A fast food restaurant is the place , just as the name suggests, eating is per- formed quickly.‎ ‎ A. which B. where C. there D. what ‎13．B点拨：先行词是the place．引导定语从句，在从句中作地点状语。 ‎ 回顾14 测试语法 (典型例题I can think of many cases students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn't write a good essay.‎ ‎ A. why B. which C. as D. where ‎14．D点拨：先行词是cases．意思是“情况”。where引导定语从句．作状语，相当于in Which o 回顾15 测试语法 ( 典型例题 分) There were dirty marks on her trousers she had wiped her hands.‎ ‎ A. where B. which C. when D. that ‎15．A点拨：where引导定语从句．表示地点。句意为：“在她擦手的裤子上有污迹。”‎ Ⅳ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：not until用于强调句中 ‎ 预测根据：until/till引导的时间状语。在肯定句中表示主句动作持续到till/until所表示的时间为止，这是重要的一个语法，在近几年高考题中已频繁出现，应引起我们足够的重视。但 not…until用于强调句中的考查，是一个难点，也是重点，作为对until考查的延伸，应引起我们的重视。命题角度预测：此句型会放在单项选择或完形填空中进行考查，尤其是此句型的一般疑问句形式 eg：Was it not until twelve o'clock that he went home?及not until放在句首的倒装形式 eg：Not until twelve o'clock did he go home?应特别引起我们的注意。预测2：年代或年龄的表达法 ‎ 预测根据：年代或年龄的表达法，是中学阶段学生易出错的一个问题，也是常用的一种表达，是高考的考查重点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此要点常置于单项选择、短文改错中进行，考点会设在对冠词的处理上，谨记：年代的表示，如表达二十世纪八十年代in the 1980's/in the 1980s,定冠词the必须带着；年龄的表示，如表达在某人六十几岁的时候in one's ‎ sixties一定要用sixty韵复数形式。预测3：辨析：can，could ．‎ ‎ 预测根据：情态动词是历届高考的重点，而can，could用作情态动词时所表达的含义和用法较多，根据不同的语言环境，can/could可表示不同的意思和语气。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：(1)can/could与be able to都表示“能；能够”， 但be able to强调经过努力后能做成某事。‎ ‎ (2)表示向对方提出请求。 eg：Could you please ask him to call me back?你能叫他给我回个电话吗?‎ ‎ (3)在否定句、疑问句或感叹句中表示怀疑、猜测或惊奇：could 较can表示讲话人更不肯定的语气。‎ ‎ (4)后接不定式的完成式，用在否定疑问句中，表示对过去发生行为的怀疑和不肯定。‎ ‎ (5)用在肯定句中后跟不定式的完成式，表示事实上没有实现的行为，并带有说话人较为缓和的责备语气。‎ 预测4：live的用法 ‎ 预测根据：live是一个多词性，多词义的单词，作动词读作[I1lv]，意为“活；生存”；作形容词读作[1air]，意为“活的；有生命的；现场直播的；带电的；发着光的”；作副词读作[1alv]，意为“实地；从现场；以直播方式”。live这个词的多词性、多词义的特点，使之有较广的使用场合，是高考命题的分布点所在。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此要点通常会放在单项选择或完形填空、短文改错中进行考查，设题时会把与live作形容词的一些同义词如lively，living，alive等放在一起进行辨析，务必搞清楚它的含义及所使用的语言环境。‎ 预测5：话题预测 本单元的话题是谈论银幕及电影演员。这是与我们的生活联系紧密的一个话题，也是一个有时代气息的时尚话题，与之相对．应的各种电影奖项及著名演员的奋斗历程，会在高考的完形填空及阅读理解中得到体现。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点6 , when he was already ,he started to learn Russian.‎ ‎ A. In the 1980; thirties ‎ B. In the 1980's; in his thirties ‎ C. In the 1980; in thirties ‎ D. In 1980s; in the thirties ‎1．B 点拨：in the 1980's／1980s在二十世纪八十年代；in his thirties在他三十多岁时。‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点3 to his hard work, he succeeded.‎ ‎ A. Owe B. Owing C. Owed D. Owes ‎2．B点拨：owing to短语介词·表示。因为，由于”·相当于because of+on account of．‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点4 We are the happiest children ．‎ A．1iving B．1ive C．alive D．1ively ‎3．c．点拨：alive作后置定语。 ‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点4 Whom do you imagine ? ‎ A．was Mum talking with j ust now ‎ B．Mum was talking with jUSt now ‎ ‎ C．was Mum talking with him jUSt now ‎ D．Mum was talking with him just now ‎4．B点拨：特殊疑问词+d0 you imagine／think／believe…十陈述语序句式。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点10 It was ten o'clock hearrived．‎ ‎ A．until；that B．until；when C．not until；that D．not until；when ‎5．c点拨：arrive是非延续性动词．因此只能用于until的否定． 句，表示。直到……才……”。另外it was…that…是强调句。‎ ‎[备考6测试考点1 1 Mr Li is．1l，so 1 wonder who can of him? ‎ A．take place B．in place C．take the place D．instead ‎6．c 点拨：take the place of sb．替代某人。‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点5 The car 1 want to buy is so expensive that。I can't it now． ‎ A．take B．afford C．be taking D．be affording ‎7．B点拨：can't afford表示买不起。 ‎ ‎[备考8]测试考点1 1 Manager Li is on business today，who will to deal with this problem? ‎ A．take his place B．take place C．take the place of D．be in place ‎8．A 点拨：本题考查词组辨析，take one's place替代某人。‎ ‎[备考9]高考新题型：阅读填空阅读下面短文，并根据短文内容完成下列表格。‎ ‎ Man ...One day, I was walking down Jackson Street to catch the bus when several tough guys jumped out and robbed me. ‎ They beat me,took all my money and left me by the road- side to die. ‎ ‎ Not long after, a man in my neighborhood passed by. He saw me and said, "Ill get some help. "he left and never came back.‎ ‎ A few hours later,a second man passed by. I knew he was going to help me because we went to the same church. But he acted as if he didn't know me and left.‎ ‎ It was almost dark when a third man came by. I didn;t know him. I thought he was from the countryside because he dressed differently. I didn't think he was going to help me. But he saw me and felt sorry for me. He called the police and then stayed with me, waiting for the ambulance.‎ ‎ The next day,the doctor said to me,"It's a good thing that man helped you. You were dying. Who was he--a friend?"‎ ‎ I thought for a minute,and answered,"Yes,he was. " "‎ ‎ Police File ‎9．(1)Jackson Street(2)Victim's neighbor=stranger 第一册 Unit 6 Good manners I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．ap010gy 2．faulty 3．introductiorl 4．cultural 5．impress 6．behaviour 7．advise 8．spiritual 9．impolitely10．extra 高考须掌握的短语：1．to；for 2．to 3．on/about 4．out 5．in 6．at 7．about Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．aimIogise/apologize vi认错；道歉eg：‎ ‎ I apologized to her for stepping on her foot．‎ 我因踩到她的脚而向她道歉。‎ 相关链接：apology n．道歉用法拓展：apologize to sb．for sth-/dolng sth．因某事/做某事而向某人道歉 ‎ make/offer an apology to sb．for sth．因为某事向某人道歉 ‎ accept/refuse an apology接受/拒绝道歉 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1 (典型例题I must apologize not being able to meet you．‎ ‎ A．to B．at C．with D．for 考题1点拨：答案为D。apologize(to sb．)for sth．结构。句意为：“我因为没能接你而向你道敢。”‎ ‎2．introduce vt．介绍 eg：Tom introduced a new frl’end to me．汤姆向我介绍了一位新朋友。‎ 相关链接：introduction n．介绍；引进用法拓展：introduce sb．to sb．把某人介绍给某人introduce oneself自我介绍 ‎ introduce sth．into…把……引进……(into后通常跟地点名词作介宾)特别提醒：introduce与recommend区别在于：introduce介绍……与……认识；recommend向……介绍或推荐……(带有个人倾向)。 eg：He recommended me a book on English study．他向我推荐了一本关于英语学习的书。‎ 考题2 He seems to Jane. He knows her well.‎ ‎ A. introduce to B. be introducing to C. be introduced to D. have been introduced to 考题2点拨：答案为D。解答此题有两个难点：①in。troduce的语态；②introduce的时态。因he与introduce之间存在被动关系，所以to后只能用被动结构;从后句He knows her well．可知iBtroduce的动作已发生，若动词位于seem(appear，be said．be reported)to 之后时，且动作已发生，则应用动词的完成式。‎ ‎3．course n．一道菜；过程；课程eg： ‎ ‎ we had a dinner of four courses．我们的正餐有四道菜。‎ ‎ In the course of the experiment，he has been very confident．在实验过程中，他很自信。‎ ‎ I took up a four-year course in English in the universl‘ty．我在大学里学了四年英语课程。‎ I用法拓展：in/during the course of在……的过程中/期间 I in course of正在……中的 (as)a matter of course当然之事，自然地 考题3 (典型例题)--He is a man with many experiences.‎ ‎ --Yes, the course of his long life, he has known many changes.‎ ‎ A. in B. to C. on D. for 考题3点拨：答案为A。in/during the course of．一在……期阍/过程中。句意为：“他在漫长的一生中饱经沧桑。”‎ 二、重点短语 ‎4．for amoment片刻；一会儿eg：‎ ‎ I was at a loss for a moment．我一时不知所措。‎ 用法拓展：forthe moment暂时，目前in a moment很快，立即 the moment(一as soon as)一……就……‎ ‎ at the moment用于进行时中，意为“此刻”；用于过去时中，意为“那时”。 ‎ 考题4-1 (典型例题At the bad news，he felt puzzled for moment。then began to cry．‎ ‎ A．the B．a C．/ D．some 考题4-2 (典型例题 Have you told Joan the news?‎ ‎—Yes．I told her I saw her this morning．‎ ‎ A．the moment B．while C．until D．suddenly 考题4—1点拨：答案为B。for a moment—for a while一会儿;for the moment暂时,目前。句意为：“听到那个坏消息，他困惑了一会儿，然后开始大哭。” ‎ 考题4—2点拨：答案为A。the moment连词．引导时间状语从句，相当于as soon as。‎ ‎5．pay a visit to sb．/some pI[1ee—pay sb．/some place a visjt拜访某人/某地 eg：‎ ‎ I paid a visit to my old friend on my way home．我在回家的路上看望了我的老朋友。‎ 用法拓展：visit sb．/some place看望某人/参观某地 ‎ call on sb．/caIl at some place拜访某人/某地 ‎ drod in on sb．/at some pIace顺路拜访某人/某地 考题5 (典型例题)I had meant to , but I had an important meeting to at tend.‎ ‎ A. pay you visit B. pay visit to you C. pay you a visit D. pay visits to you 考题5点拨;答案为c。pay sb．a visit—pay a visit to sb．拜访某人。句意为：。我本想去看您，但有个重要会议要参加。”‎ ‎6．Would/sh伽ld Iove/like想要，愿意eg：ld love/like to have a cup of tea．我想喝杯茶。‎ 用法拓展：(1)WOUld Iike sth．想要某物(2)WOUld Iike/love to do sth．想要做某事(3)would like sb．to do sth．想要某人去做某事(4)WOUld like/love to have done sth．(过去)本来想要做某事，但没成功 考题6 I would love to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report.‎ ‎ A. to go B. having gone C. going D. to have gone ‎ 考题6点拨。答案为D。would lore/like to have done表示“过去本来想做某事，但没成功。”句意为：“昨天晚上我本打算去参加那个 晚会，但我得加班完成一个报告。”‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎7．How/what about． ?“……怎么样?”‎ ‎ 此交际用语常用来询问消息，提出建议或征询意见，后接名词，代词或动名词。‎ 考题7-1 How about the two of us __ a walk down the garden?‎ A. to take B. take C. taking D. to be taking 考题7-2 (典型例题 分)"What about having a drink?" "‎ ‎ A. Good idea B. Help yourself C. Go ahead, please D. Me, too 考题7—1点拨;答案为C。the two of us taking a walk是动名词的复合结构充当了about的宾语。‎ 考题7--2点拨；答案为A。what about having a drink?提出建议，Good idea．回应，意为“好主意”。‎ 四、重点句型 ‎8．Thanks algain and 1 wish you alI the best．再次感谢并祝你万事如意。‎ 用法拓展；(1)wish用作及物动词，表祝愿时，常接双宾语。 eg：‎ wish you success．祝你成功! wish you good luck．祝你好运!‎ ‎ (2)wish用作名词表祝愿时，只用复数形式。 eg：‎ ‎ Best wishes(to you)!祝你一切顺利!‎ ‎ give/send one's best wishes to sb．向某人致意 ‎ (3)wish+从句(从句用虚拟语气)eg：‎ ‎ How 1 wish 1 were a bird．我多希望自己是只小鸟!‎ 考题8 ( 典型例题分 )-- You were brave enough to say no to him.‎ ‎ I wish I it like that.‎ ‎ A. hasn't done B. didn't do C. hadn't done D. wouldn't do 考题8点拨;答案为c。wish后接从句，用虚拟语气。在此句中表示对过去情况的虚拟，因此用过去完成时态。句意为：．“你拒绝了 他真是太勇敢了。我倒希望自己当时别那样做。”‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎ ‎9．none,no one，neither，nothing none用来指三者或三者以上的人或事，表示“毫无；一个也没有”。在简略答语中用来回答How many/How much引起的问句。‎ ‎ no one只能指人，不能指物，不与of短语连用．用作单数，相当于nobody。在简略答语中用来回答who引起的问句。neither表示“两者都不”，可单独用，也可与of短语连用。nothing表示“没有什么事情或东西”，用作单数，在简略答语中用来回答what引起的问句。‎ 考题9-1 (典型例题分) It there anyone who is going to the Great Wall.?‎ ‎ - ‎ ‎ A. None B. No one C. No D. Not any 考题9-2 (典型例题)--Is he content to accept our of fered price?‎ ‎ Yes. He cares more about the quality. Money is to him.‎ ‎ A. everything B. none C. nothing D. something 考题9-1点拨:答素为B。回答who引导的从句，由no one与之相时应。‎ 考题9--2点拨：答案为C。be nothing to意为；“不引起……兴趣”．“对……无所谓”。句意为：“他对我们提供的价格满意吗?～是的，他更多地看重质量，价钱无所谓。”‎ ‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 ‎ 定语从句(三)限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句的区别 限制性定语从句不能用逗号与主句分开，它对先行词起限定或识别的作用．若去掉它，先行词的意思就不明确；非限制性定语从句须用逗号与主句分开，它只对先行词加以解释或补充说明，省去后不会影响主句的意思。 eg： ‎ My sister who lives in London is a lawyer．我的那个住在伦敦的姐姐是个律师。(不止一个姐姐) My sister，who lives in London，is a lawyer．我姐姐住在伦敦．她是个律师。(只有一个姐姐)非限制性定语从句的五个“不能”‎ ‎1．非限制性定语从句通常不能用that引导。 eg：‎ ‎ Ilike the book，which was bought yesterday．我喜欢这本书，它是昨天买的。‎ I like the book which/that was bought yesterday．我喜欢昨天买的那本书。‎ ‎2．非限制性定语从句不能用why引导。要用for which代替why。 eg：‎ ‎ I had told them the reason，for which I didn't attend the meeting．我已经把理由告诉了他们，因此我没有去开会。‎ ‎ I had hold them the reason why I didn't attend the meeting．我告诉了他们我不去开会的理由。(限制性定语从句“the reason why…”是常见搭配。)‎ ‎3．非限制性定语从句置于句首时，不能用which引导。关系代词as引导非限制性定语从句位置比较灵活，可以放主句前，也可以放主句后。 eg：‎ ‎ As I expected,he didn't believe me．正如我所预料的，他不相信我。‎ She heard a terrible noise，which brought her heart into her mouth．她听到一个可怕的声音．这让她把心都提到嗓子眼了。‎ ‎4．非限制性定语从句由“介词+关系代词”引导时．其中的关系代词不能用as。 eg：‎ ‎ He bought the car for more than$20，000，with which his father was angry．他花两万多美元买了这辆车，他父亲对此很生气。‎ ‎ I finished my work ahead of time．after which I sat some time reading the newspaper．我提前干完了我的活，随后我坐着看了一会儿报纸。5．在非限制性定语从句中，指人的关系代词作宾语时，只能用宾格whom；不能用who替换，也不能省略。 eg： Do you know Tom，whom we talked about?你认识汤姆吗?我们谈到过他。 This book。which you can get at any bookshop，will give you all the information you need．这本书会给你提供所有你需要的资料，它在任何一家书店都能买到。(非限制性定语从句中引导词在从句中作宾语，无论指人还是指物都不能省略。) ‎ 考题1 (典型例题 分) The famous basketball star, tried to make a come-back, attracted a lot of attention.‎ ‎ A. where B. when C. which D. who 考题2 (zoos, 济南模拟,1分) is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month.‎ ‎ A. h B. As C. That D. Which 考题1点拨：答案为D。先行词是the famous basketball star，在后面的非限制性定语从句中作主语，所以用关系代词who。‎ 考题2点拨：答案为B。非限制性定语从句中，as作主语，置于句首，所以不能选which。句意为：“正如人人所知，月亮每月围绕地球转一周。”‎ IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 ‎ 专题探究：about的用法小结 ‎ 专题详解： about是在英语中常用到的一个词汇，可用作介词或副词．在学习中要弄清楚其词性，然后才能清楚其搭配及意义。‎ ‎ 1．动词+about+sth．‎ ‎ about在此表示“论及，谈起，涉及．着手”等意思：arrange about 安排．argue about辩论。ask about询问，bring about带来，chat about闲聊，care about在意，complain about抱怨，go about着手，hear about听说，inquire abOUt打听，know about了解，quar— rel about争论，read about读到，see about负责处理．set about开始。spea k_about谈起，talk about谈论，think abOUt考虑，trou— ble about担心，tell about讲述，worry about着急。 eg： She inquired about my brother．她向我打听有关我弟弟的情况。 I must set about my packing．我必须开始收拾行装。 What are you chatting about?你们在聊什么呢?‎ ‎2．be+形容词+about+sth．‎ ‎ about在此意思是“为……，对……”，接表原因的词：be anxious about为……着急，be bad about对……感到不舒服，be careless about不关心……．be concerned about关心……'be crazy about 为……发狂．be excited about为……感到激动'be happy about为……而高兴．be mad about为……发疯．be nervous about对……感到紧张．be particular about挑剔……，be thoughtful about对……考虑周到的．be uneasy about为……感到不安。 eg：What。have you been busy about today?今天在忙些什么? You are certainly very thoughtful about others．你为别人想得太周到了。‎ ‎3．在下列词组中，about用作副词，后面不能接宾语。‎ ‎ come about发生，get about(疾病、谣言)流行，turn about转身，leave about到处乱放，put about传播(不实的消息等)，put one— self about使……发愁。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点9 (典型例题 made a call to my parents yesterday. To my disappointment, of them answered it.‎ ‎ A. either B. none C. neither D. nobody ‎1．c 点拨：因parents指两人·又因To my disappointment 可知父母二人都未接电话．故选C。‎ 回顾2 测试考点 4 ( 典型例题 ) The classroom is big enough , but we'll have to move if we have more students. ‎ ‎ A. for the moment B. on the moment C. in a moment D. for a moment ‎2．A点拨：for the moment暂时．目前；无B这种搭配；in a moment立即，很快；_for a moment片刻。一会儿。‎ 回顾3 测试考点9 (典型例题)We asked John and Jerry, but of them could offer a satisfactory explana- tion.‎ A. either B. none C. both D. neither ‎3．D点拨：前面提到John和Jerry两个人，后面的but说明两个人都不能给出满意的解释，故选D。‎ 回顾4 测试考点 11 (典型例题)The Internet has brought big chances in the way we work.‎ ‎ A. about B. out C. back D. up ‎4．A点拨：bring about带来:bring out使显示；bring back带回来；bring up培养；呕吐。句意为：“因特网给我们的工作方式带来巨大变化。” ‎ 回顾5 测试考点 11 (典型例题分)In order to change attitudes employing women, the government is bring-ing in new laws.‎ ‎ A. about B. of C. towards D. on ‎5．c 点拨：表示对某人／某事的态度要用介词to／towards。‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 ‎ 预测1：course的用法 ‎ 预测根据：course是高考大纲中明确规定要求考生四会的一个单词，且课后的单词表中标出用作名词，意为“一道菜；过程；课程”，但大多数学生因为熟知in/during the course of短语，而容易忽视其他的意思。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：考查course作“一道菜；课程”的意义，通常会放在完形填空中进行，根据给出的语境．在名词辨析中呈现。‎ 预测2：与moment有关的短语辨析及the moment用作连词 ‎ 预测根据：与momem有关的短语有：for a moment一会；立刻，for the moment目前；现在，at the mo ment此刻，还有the moment用作连词，引导时间状语从句。这些是高考的重点．也是学习的难点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：与moment有关的短语辨析及the moment用作连词，引导时间状语从句，一般会放在单项填空中进行。要求考生准确分清以上几个词组及会使用the moment相当于连词使用的语法现象。预测3：辨析：would，should love，like to do ‎ 预测根据：口语中表达“想要做某事”，经常用到的一个句型就是would，should love，like to to sth．．并且此句型可以在后面的不定式中出现灵活运用，用would，should love，like to have done sth．表示“本来想要干某事”。 eg：‎ ‎ 1 would love to have gone to the cinema last night．昨晚我本想去看电影。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此句型会放在单项选择中进行考查，通常以对话的形式设置于一个语言环境，然后考查此句型的一般形式，对过去本来想干某事的表达及直接用would，should love，like to作答语的省略句式。 ‎ 预测4：非限制性定语从句 ‎ 预测根据：定语从句是高中的重点语法之一，非限制性定语从句是其中难度最大的一部分，也是高考语法考查的重点。‎ 命题角度预测：非限制性定语从句会置于单项填空、完形填空或短文改错中进行考查，为了增加考查的难度，有时在先行词或主句之间加上一些插入成分，以混乱考生的思维。这时要清楚非限制性定语从句的使用原则和关系词的选择规定。‎ ‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的话题是Good manners，要求学生了解好的餐桌礼仪，会表达如何道歉及对别人的感激之情，因此在完形填空或阅读理解中，有关餐桌礼仪的话题会出现；而书面表达中，写一封道歉或表达感激之情的书信的可能性较大。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点8 How I wish I a large house with a beautiful garden.‎ ‎ A. has B. had C. will have D. had had ‎1．B点拨：wish后加从句时用虚拟语气．在此句中表示对，现在情况的虚拟，故用一般过去时态。‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点 9 --What is it in the box?‎ ‎ A. None B. No one C. Nothing D.Nobody ‎2．c 点拨：nothing是对what问句的筒略回答。‎ ‎[备考3]测试语法 She is always complaining, makes the others unhappy.‎ ‎ A. that B. which C. who D. it ‎3．B点拨：which引导非限制性定语从句．代表前面主句内容。‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点7 How about going out for a walk after supper? ‎ ‎ A. Without B. No.way C. No doubt D. I can't agree more ‎4．D点拨：前面用how about提出建议．后用“再同意不过了”进行回答。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点 6 --Do you want to go shopping?‎ ‎ --ld , but Im too busy.‎ ‎ A. love B. love going C. love to D. love to go ‎5．C： 点拨：I'd love t0．是I'd love to g0 shopping．的省略形式。‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点 5 On my way home, I my teacher.‎ ‎ A. dropped B. dropped in C. dropped on D. dropped in on ‎6．D点拨：drop in顺路走访，是个不及物动词词组，如后有宾语。须加介词on(后接人)或at(后接地点)。 ‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点 9 --What's in the box? It's so light that little Tom can lift it. ‎ ‎ A. Nothing B. No C. None D. No one ‎7．A 点拨?回答What's…?用Nothing。‎ ‎[备考8]测试考点 8 The test is coming, I you suc cess.‎ ‎ A. hope B. wish C. think D. believe ‎8．B点拨：表示祝愿用wish。‎ 第一册 Unit 7 Cuitural relics I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．culture 2．Egyptian 3．beautiful 4．unit 5．omce 6．pollute 7．breathe 8．Sincere 高考须掌握的短语：1．tak 2．in 3．down 4．to 5．up Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎ ‎1 I include uf．包括，包含；开在里面，列在里面eg：‎ ‎ The price includes postage charges．‎ ‎ 这个价钱包括邮资。‎ ‎ I included eggs on the Iist of thiTlgs to bu y．‎ 我把鸡蛋列在要买的东西中了。‎ 用法拓展：including“包括……”，表主动意义；included“……被包括”，表被动意义。 eg：1 will give you ten books，including a story book．(=a story book included)我要给你十本书，其中包括一本故事书。‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1 There were eleven persons died in the acci-dent, two foreigners.‎ ‎ A. included B. including C. being included D. to include 专题1点拨：答案为B。including sb．/sth．“包括某人/某物”。句意为：-在意外事故中有11人丧生，包括两名外国人。，，‎ ‎2．restore vt．修复；重建eg：‎ ‎ They are going to restore the ruined tempIe．他们打算修复那座毁坏了的神殿。‎ 相关链接：re-表示“再，又”之意。 eg：build---~rebuild(重建) create→recreate(再创造)marry→remarry(再婚) read→rerefld(重读)‎ 考题2 They had the old house ‎ ‎ A. rebuild B. rebuilt C. to rebuild D. rebuilding 考题2点拨：答案为B。have sth．done句式。句意为：“他们重建了那幢老房子。”‎ ‎3．space n．(不可数)空间；太空；空地。(可数)空白；空隙；间隔 eg：Im dreaming of walking in space． 我梦想在太空漫步。‎ ‎ You should pay attention to the spaces between words． 你要注意字与字之问的空隙。‎ 考题3 There isn't enough left for your luggage.‎ ‎ A. the space B. space C. the spaces D. spaces 考题3点拨：答案为B。space作“空间，空地”讲，是不可数名词~enough后紧接所修饰的名词，不需要加冠词。句意为：“剩下的空间放不下你的行李。”‎ ‎4．offieiaI n．官员；公务员eg：‎ ‎ A city ofileial said that it had brought many Visitors．‎ ‎ 一位市政官员说它吸引了好多游客。‎ 相关链接：official指政府部门的文职官员．尤其是职位高的人；officer指军队、警察部门、海关等有一定职权的人。用法拓展：official可用作形容词，意为“官方的；正式的”。‎ 考题4 The US President will pay an visit to China next month.‎ ‎ A. office B. official C. officer D. offices 考题4点拨：答案为B。official用作形容词，“官方的；正式的”。句意为：“下个月美国总统将对中国进行正式访问。”‎ ‎5．shall v aux．表示征求对方的意见或指示时，用于第一、三人称疑问句。 eg： Shall he come in?要他进来吗? Shall l turn on the light?要开灯吗?表示命令、威胁、允诺等，用于第二、三人称陈述句。 eg： You shall finish your homework before going out．出去之前你必须把作业做完。 He who saves my life shalJ get what he wants in the world．那个救我命的人可以得到这个世界上他想得到的东西。‎ 考题5-1 (典型例题 分)--We want someone to design the new art museum for us.‎ ‎ the young fellow have a try?‎ ‎ A. May B. Shall C. Will D. Need 考题5-2 (典型例题)--_ he come to see you?‎ ‎ --of course, please. And ld rather he me the truth.‎ ‎ A. Will; inform B. Shall; told C. Should; will say D. Can; spoke 考题5—1点拨：答案为B。shaIl用于第一、三人称疑问句，征求时方意见。‎ 考题5—2点拨：答案为B。shall用于第一、三人称疑问句，征求时方意见；Woklld rather十从句(用虚拟语气);tell sb．the truth告诉某人事实。句意为：“要他来见你吗?～当然。我宁愿他告诉我事实。” ．‎ 二、重点短语 ‎ ‎6．base…on…把……建立在…上；以……为基础eg：‎ ‎ We should base our opinions on facts．我们的意见应基于事实。‎ 相关链接：bflse作动词时是及物动词；作名词时，意为“底部；基础；基地”。‎ 考题6 (典型例题 分 )Swan Lake is a famous ballet in four acts, on a German fairy tale.‎ ‎ A. basing B. based C. bases D. to base 考题6点拨：答案为B。此句式用过去分词短语作定语·对前面的主语Swan Lake作进一步的解释说明。base Swan Lake on a Get man fairy tale是其主动形式。句意为：“《天鹅湖》是一部著名的芭蕾舞四幕剧，以德国的一个神话传说为基础(改赢而成)。”‎ ‎7．give in投降；屈服；让步eg：‎ ‎ The rebeIs were forced to give in．叛军被迫投降。‎ 相关链接：give up放弃，可作及物或不及物动词词组；作及物动词词组时，‎ ‎ 后接名词或动名词。give away赠送；泄露(秘密等)。give out发出。用法拓展：give in to向……让步；迁就 考题7 (典型例题)Don't mention that at the beginning of. the story, or it may the shocking ending.‎ ‎ A. give away B. give out C. give up D. give off 考题7点拨：答案为A。give away在此表示“泄露(秘密等)”。句意为：“不要在故事开始的时候提那件事，否则的话就可能透露出令人震惊的结局。”‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎8．本单元的日常交际用语是表达“询问或征求建议”及“给出建议”的一些句型。‎ ‎ Asking for suggestions 征求建议 ‎ Making suggestions 给出建议 What shall we put in…?我们应在……里面放人什么?‎ Can't we put in…?我们不能放入……吗?‎ Should we put in…?我们应该放人……吗?‎ Let's put in…让我们放入……Maybe we could put in…或许我们可以 放入……‎ ld like to cnoose…我喜欢选择……‎ what/How about…?……怎么样?‎ why not…?为什么不……?‎ why don't you…?你为何不……?‎ 考题8(典型例题一why not join us in the game? ‎ A. Sure, please do B. No, you do the same C. Oh, that's all right D. OK, coming 考题8点拨;答案为D。Why not do．?表提出建议“为什么不干……?”，用OK，coming．“好，马上就来”作答。‎ 四、重点句型 ‎ ‎9．make+宾语+过去分词 表示“使得……被……”。 eg： Yoll'd better speak louder to make yourself heard．你最好大点声音说话，使得你自己被听到。‎ 用法拓展：使役动词make，have，get及感官动词see，find， feel等都可出现此句式搭配，表示宾语与宾补之间构成被动形式。‎ 考题9 ( 典型例题 分 ) When they hurriedly arrived home, they found their house and a lot of'things ‎ A. break into; missing B. broke in; missed C. broken into; missed D. broken into; missing 考题9点拨;答案为D。find their house broken into发现房子被破门而入la lot of things missing中承前省略了found，missing为形容词，“不见了的；丢了的”。句意为：“当他们匆忙到家时。他们发现房子被破门而入，好多东西不见了。”‎ ‎10．It is said that．一据说……=sb．/sth．is said to… eg：‎ ‎ It is Sal’d that he has go’ne abroad．一He is said to have gone abroad． 据说他出国了。‎ 相关链接：(1)sb．/Sth is said to do…表示“据说某人/某物通常干/要干……”。‎ ‎ (2)Sb．/Sth．is said to have done sth．表示“据说某人/某物已经干了……”‎ ‎ eg：The book is said to be pubIished next month．据说这本书下月出版。‎ ‎ The book is sal’d to have bwen published last month． 据说这本书上个月就出版了。‎ 考题10 (典型例题Tom is said in Africa， but no one really knows how soon he will be back．‎ ‎ A．travels B．to travel C．to be traveIling D．travelled 考题10点拨；答案为c。从下文“没有人真正知道过多久他才会回来”可看出汤姆正在非洲旅行，用sb．is said to do这一基本句式时，如果表示“据说某人/某物正在干某事”，就要用不定式的进行时表示正在进行的动作或现在所处的状态。‎ ‎11．where引导地点状语从句 eg：‎ ‎ where there is a will，there is a way．有志者，事竞成。‎ 特别提醒：注意where引导的状语从句与定语从句的区别。‎ ‎ where引导状语从句时，其前无先行词，where不可换成“介词+which”；where引导定语从句时，其前有名词作先行词， whe re可以换成“介词+which”。 eg： Make a mark where you have any problen3．(状语从句)在有问题的地方做个记号。 ‎ ‎ Make a mark at the place where you have any problem． (定语从句)在你有问题的地方做个记号。‎ 考题11-1 (典型例题 分 )You should make it a rule to leave thi,ngs you can find them again.‎ ‎ A. when B. where C. then D. which 考题11-2 (典型例题)The pictures reminded me of the golden days in the small village I was taken good care of.‎ ‎ A. where B. that C. then D.which 考题11—1点拨:答案为B。where引导地点状语从句。‎ 考题11—2点拨:答案为A。the small village作先行词，为定语从句 五、词语辨析 ‎12．be ableto，P．an be able to表示通过努力设法做成了某事，强调结果。‎ ‎ can表示有能力做某事，不强调结果。 eg：‎ ‎ He was able to pass the exam after several failures．几次失败之后他通过了考试。‎ ‎ Can you speak Chinese?你会讲中文吗?‎ 考题12 (典型例题The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone get out.‎ ‎ A. had to B. could C. would D. was able to 考题12点拨；答案为D。be able to强调通过努力做成了某事，侧重结果。‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 被动语态(一)被动语态的构成方式．be+过去分词，口语中也用get/become+过去分词表示。被动语态的基本用法：不知道或没必要提到动作的执行者是谁时用被动语态。强调或突出动作的承受者时常用被动语态。 (by短语有时可以省略)。‎ ‎1．使用被动语态时应注意的几个问题。‎ ‎ (1)主动变被动时双宾语的变化。 eg：‎ ‎ 我朋友在我生日时送给我一本有趣的书。‎ ‎ My friend gave me an interesting book on my birthday．‎ ‎ An interesting book was given to me(by my friend)on my birthday．‎ ‎ I was given an innteresting book(by my friend)on my birthday．‎ ‎ (2)主动变被动时，宾补成主补(位置不变)；(作补语的)不定式前需要加to。 eg：‎ ‎ The boss made him work aIl day long．老板让他整天工作。‎ ‎ He was made to work all day long(by the boss)．他被(老板)要求整天工作。‎ ‎ (3)短语动词变被动语态时，勿掉“尾巴”。 eg：‎ ‎ The children were taken good care of(by her)．孩子们被很好地照顾。‎ ‎ Your pronunciation and spelling should be paid attention to．‎ ‎ 你的发音及拼写应被给予注意。‎ ‎ (4)情态动词和be going to．be to．be sure to，used to，have to，had better．等结构变被动语态，只需将它们后面的动词原形变为be+过去分词。‎ ‎(5)当句子的谓语为say，believe，expect，think，know，write，consider，report等时，被动语态有两种形式：(A)谓语动词用被动语态，动词不定式作主补。(B)用it作形式主语，真正的主语在后面用主语从句来表示。 eg：‎ 类似句型有：It is said/known/suggested/believed/hoped/thought that…‎ ‎2．不能用被动语态的几种情况。 ．‎ ‎ (1)所有的不及物动词或不及物动词词组不能用于被动语态之中。‎ ‎ (2)表示状态的谓语动词 eg：last．hold，benefit，contain，equal．fit，jom．mean，look like，consist of等。‎ ‎ (3)表示归属的动词eg：have，own，belong to等。‎ ‎ (4)表示“希望、意图”的动词eg：wish，want，hope，like，love，hate等。‎ ‎ (5)宾语是反身代词或相互代词时谓语动词用主动语态，不能用被动语态。‎ ‎ (6)宾语是同源宾语，不定式、动名词等时谓语动词不用被动语态。 ‎ ‎ (7)有些动词以其主动形式表示被动意义，特别是当主语是物时，常见的动词有sell，‎ ‎ write，wash，open，lock等。‎ ‎3．主动形式表被动意义。 ‎ ‎ (1)当feel，look，smell，taste，sound等后面接形容词时；当cut，read，sell，wear，write等词带状语修饰语时；当动词表示“开始、结束、关、停、转、启动”等意义时。 eg：‎ ‎ This kind of cloth washes easily．这种布易洗。‎ ‎ These novels don't sell well．这些小说不畅销。‎ ‎ (2)当break out，take place，shut off，turn off，work out等动词表示“发生、关闭、制定”等意思时。 eg：The plan worked out successfully．这个计划制定得很成功。The lamps on the wall turned off．墙上的灯灭了。‎ ‎ (3)want，require，need后面的动名词用主动表示被动含义。‎ ‎ (4)be worth doing用主动形式表示被动含义。‎ ‎ (5)在“be+形容词+to do"中，不定式的逻辑宾语是句子的主语，用主动代被动。 eg：‎ ‎ This kind of water isn't fit to drink．这种水不适合饮用。‎ ‎ The girl isn't easy to get along with．这个女孩不易相处。‎ 另外：be to blame(受谴责)，be to rent(出租)也用主动形式表被动。‎ ‎4．被动形式表示主动意义的几种情况。‎ ‎ (1)be seated坐着 eg：He is seated on a bench．(He seats himself on a bench．)他坐在凳子上。‎ ‎ (2)be hidden躲藏eg：He was hidden behind the door．(He hid himself behind the door．)他藏在门后。‎ ‎ (3)be lost迷路 ‎ (4)be drunk喝醉 ‎ (5)be dressed穿着 eg：The girl was dressed in a red short skirt．这个女孩穿着一条红色短裙。‎ 考题1 (典型例题)He will stop showing off, if no notice. of him.‎ A. is taken B; will be taken C. taken D. has taken 考题2 (典型例题) ld like a pen which well.‎ ‎ --Will this one ?‎ ‎ A. writes;do B. writes; work C. is written; do D. is written; work 考题3 ( 典型例题 分 ) The air company going from bad to worse, the workers hardly enough to make a living.‎ ‎ A. are paid B. are paying C. have paid D. paid 考题4 (典型例题 分) Travelers that they should bring their ID cards with them.‎ ‎ A. have reminded B. are reminded C. were reminding D. had been reminded ‎5．被动语态与系表结构的区别。 ‎ ‎ 被动语态强调动作；系表结构表主语的特点或状态。 eg：‎ ‎ The book was sold by a certain bookstore．(被动语态)某一书店卖这书。‎ ‎ The book is well sold．(系表结构)这书卖得很好。‎ 考题5 ( 典型例题 分 )---Your daughter has two children, doesn't she?‎ ‎ --That's right. She in 1983.‎ ‎ A. did marriage B. had married C. was married D. got married 考题1点拨：答案为A。take notice of sb．的被动形式。句意为：“如果没有人去注意他，他就会停止炫耀。” ‎ 考题2点拨：答案为A。“钢笔写起字来好用”，用write well的主动形式表示钢笔本身的特点。do在此表示“行，可以”。‎ 考题3点拨：答案为A。be paid—get paid得到报酬。 ‎ 考题4点拨：答案为B。remind sb．of sth．提醒某人某事的被动形式。‎ 考题5点拨；答案为D。get married指结婚的动作，be married强调结婚的状态。周为有时间状语in 1983，所以D为正确答素。‎ IV．专题探究由点及面 由表及里 专题探究： 专题详解： (一)要保持良好心态，学会预览，做到有的放矢 准确获取对话中的具体信息，如时间、地点j人物、数字、价钱等，它们在试题中占相当大的比例。这类题要求学生在听清、听懂信息的同时，还要对所听到的信息做简单的计算、时间比较、深层推理等。‎ 例1：At what time does the train to Leeds leave?‎ A．3：00． B．3：15． C．5：OO．‎ 听力原文：‎ W:Excuse me,could you tell me when the next train to Manches-ter leaves? ‎ M:Sure. Well,it's three now. The next train to Manchester leaves in two hours.but you can take the train to Leeds which leaves in fifteen minutes, and then get off at Manchester. It stops,at Manchester on the way.‎ 本题考查考生对话语所揭示信息的分辨能力。在男士的答语中给了三个时间，现在是三点．下一趟去Manchester的时间为两小时后．去Leeds的火车是15分钟之后，只有第一个和第三个时间才与所问问题有关。所以答案为B。 ‎ ‎(二)理解对话的主旨大意 ‎ 常见的提问形式有：What are they talking about?/what are the man and the woman talking about?/What does the passage talk about?等等。对于此类题若是对话，则要把对话双方联系起来考虑。一般来说更应注意第一个说话人所说的关键词语．它往往引出一个话题。 ‎ 例2：‎ What are the two speakers talking about.? ‎ A. A football player. B. A football team. C. A football match.‎ 听力原文：‎ W:Do you know that Michael Owen has won France Footbalis Golden Ball Prize7 ‎ M:Not a surprise. He has 20 goals this season.‎ 本题考查对所听对话主题的把握。对话的中心谈一位球员．而不是一支球队或一场球赛。所以答案为A。(三)推断对话发生的背景、地点及对话者之间的关系 常见的提问方式有：Where is…?/Where does the conversa tion probably take place? /Where are the two speakers now? /.Where is the man going? 和 What's the man(woman)? /What's the man s(woman's)occupation? /What's the probable relation ship between the tWO speakers?/Who i‰．?等等。对于此类问题要求考生根据谈话内容来揣测、推断谈话发生的场所或抓住暗示人物身份与关系的词语等。据此做出正确的判断。‎ 例3：What is the relationship between the tWO speakers?‎ A．Neighbors． B．Father and daughter． C．Husband and wife．‎ 听力原文： ‎ W：Hello．‎ M: Hello, Lucy. Thins is John. Look,could you do me a favor? Ive tried to phone my wife six times and I can't get through. The line is busy all the timc. Could you possibly go next door and giv.e her a message? ‎ W:Sure. What do you want to tell Mary? ‎ M:Could you just say Ive run into an old friend and Im staying with him and not at the hotel. Ill give her a ring later. W:Sure. Ill go now. ‎ M :Thanks a lot, Lucy. W: Okay Bye. ‎ M:Bye!‎ 该题考查考生对谈话者之间的关系进行判断。根据对话中的语气及内容，我们不难判断此题的答案为A。‎ ‎(四)理解领会对话的观点、态度及意图 常用的提问方式有：What does the man(woman)think of…?/How does the man(woman)feel about…?等等。听这类试题我们首先要判断两个人的态度是否相同。如果不相同，．我们要分清每个人对这件事情的看法，千万不能够混淆。另外说话人的态度是通过语气、语调等的变化体现出来的，因此．听的时候要做出正确的判断。例4：6．How does the man feel about David's way of sleeping?‎ A. It's effective. B. It's strange. C. It's the best.‎ ‎7. How many hours does David sleep a d,ay?‎ ‎ A. Four. B. Six. C. Seven.‎ ‎8. What does the woman suggest at the end of the talk?‎ ‎ A. People should develop a habit iike David's.‎ ‎ B. People need longer hours of sleep.‎ ‎ C. People have different sleeping habits.‎ 听力原文：‎ M:How comes David is always so full of energy? ‎ W:He has a strange but highly effective way of sleeping. ‎ M:What is that? ‎ W: He takes a short sleep for an hour every six hours and has a total of four hours sleep each day. ‎ M:Where did he get that strange idea? ‎ W:He read from a book which said it was the best way of human beings and he believed that. ‎ M:How many hours do you sleep a day? ‎ W: I need at least seven hours. I once tried to follow David's example. But it never worked out of me. ‎ M:If I sleep during the day, I can never wake up. ‎ W:Not everyone is David, I guess.‎ ‎ 第6小题考查对说话者所持观点、态度的理解情况。对话中女士提出He has a strange but highly effective way of sleeping．然后对David的睡眠方式进行了一番描述。男士则继续质疑，其中也体现自己的态度：Where did he get that strange idea?所以最佳答案为B。第7小题考查细节，A为正确答案。第8小题与第．6小题考查的内容一样。两人对David的睡眠方式进行了一番讨论之后，女士才说“Not everyone is David．I guess．”意为“我想不同的人有不同的睡眠方式”。所以C项为最佳答案。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点11 (典型例题)Don't leave the sharp knife our little Jane can get it.‎ ‎ A. in which B. to which C. that D. where ‎1．D点拨：where弓I导地点状语从句。句意为：“不要把锋利的刀子放在小Jane能拿到的地方。”‎ 回顾2 测试考点, 10 (典型例题 Is Bob still performing?‎ Im afraid not. He is said the Stage already as he has become an official.‎ ‎ A. to have left B. to leave C. to have been left D. to be left ‎2．A 点拨：因他已离开舞台，要用完成时，又因“他”与“离开”是主动关系，故选A。‎ 回顾3 测试语法 (典型例题I don't want like Im speaking ill of anybody, but the manager's plan is unfair.‎ ‎ A. to sound B. to be sounded C. sounding D. to have sounded ‎3．A 点拨：want to do是固定搭配．sound是系动词，主动形式表被动意义。‎ 回顾4 测试语法 (典型例题Telephone messages for the manager on her desk but she didn't notice them.‎ A. were left B. was left C. was leaving D. were leaving ‎4．A点拨：主语是telephone messages．与leave之间是被动关系，且主语是复数，故选A。‎ 回顾5 测试语法 (典型例题)The mayor of Beijing says that all construction work for the Beijing Olympics __ by 典型例题 has been completed B. has completed C. will have been completed D. will have completed ‎5．C：点拨：介词by后接表示将来的时间时．句子的谓语动词要用将来完成时态。根据句子的主语是aIl construction work，与动词complete之间是被动关系，可确定答案为C。‎ 回顾6测试语法 (典型例题The first use of atomic weapons was in 1945, and their power increased enormously ever since.‎ A. is B. was C. has been D. had been ‎6．C点拨．：ever since与现在完成时态连用．表示从此以后所做的事。power是increase的被执行者，要用被动语态。‎ 回顾7 测试语法 (典型例题 the employees except the ; to work on line at home. manager ‎ A. encourages B. encourage C. is encouraged D. are encouraged ‎7．D点拨：encourage与employees之间是被动关系．要用被动语态。all the employees作主语，谓语动词要用复数形式。‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 ‎ 一、考情预测 年考情预测 ‎ 预测l：被动语态 ‎ ‎ 预测根据：动词的时态与语态历来是高考考查的重点．也是学生学习的重点和难点。每年的高考中．这一部分是必考的热点．考情预测 年高考预计会继续对这一部分进行灵活考查。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：被动语态通常会放在单项选择或完形填空中进行考查。特别要注意时态与语态在具体语境中的运用．尤其是主动形式表被动的几种情况以及系表结构表状态的用法．应引起足够的重视。‎ ‎ 预测2：1t is said that…句型 ‎ 预测根据：it作形式主语或形式宾语是高考对代词it考查的一个热点．但从近几年高考题看，这种出题的几率已大大减少。随之而来的是it在具体句型中的运用．把考点设置在句式中进行考查。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此句型要灵活掌握与之相对应的变化形式：sb/sth．is said to do句型．以及不定式的_般式、完成式、主动式、被 动式。通常会在单项选择或完形填空中对此句式进行考查。‎ ‎ 预测3：make+宾语+宾补结构 预测根据：此结构可考查出学生对知识的灵活应变能力，是一个有用的句式结构，也是一个常考的句式结构。‎ 命题角度预测：在单项选择、完形填空或短文改错中出现这种句式的几率很大。且要注意其被动结构的变换形式。‎ ‎ 预测4：where引导的地点状语从句 ‎ 预测根据：where引导的地点状语从句的难点在于：考生容易把它与where引导的定语从句相混淆。其实这是两个完全不同的句式：where如果引导定语从句．必须有先行词，where相当于in/at which。这对许多考生来说是个难点，同时也是高考考查状语从句的一个重点。 ‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：通常会在单项选择、完形填空或短文改错中进行考查，务必分清where引导地点状语从句与引导定语从句的不同。‎ ‎ 预测5：话题预测 本单元的话题是“文化遗迹”．这是一个世界范围的问题．也是一个热点问题，与此话题有关的文章在阅读理解中出现的几率最大，它可能向读者介绍某一个文化遗迹，也可能向读者介绍某个文化遗迹的保护中所采取的措施及意见、分歧等。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点 10 Bob is said _ _ abroad, but I don't know which country he is in.‎ ‎ A. to study B. to be studying C. to have studied D. to be studied ‎1．B点拨：从后文l don't know which country he is in可看出他正在国外学习，因此选B。‎ ‎[备考2]测试语法 This kind of cloth well.‎ ‎ A. sells B. is sold C. is selling D. is to be sold ‎2．A点拨：销售得好。用主动表被动。 ‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点11 They young should be sent they are needed greatly.‎ ‎ A. to which B. in which C. where D. what ‎3．c点拨：where引导地点状语从句。‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点1 There are ten, persons in the room, two chil-dren ‎ ‎ A. are included B. included C. are including D. including ‎4．B点拨：sb．／sth．included—including sb．／sth．包括某人／某物。 ‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点 5 If you follow my advice, you __make some progress in your study.‎ ‎ A. may B. can C. shall D. might ‎5．c点拨：shall用于第二人称，表允诺。 ‎ ‎ [备考6]测试考点 9 His English was so poor that he couldn't make himself ‎ ‎ A. understand B, understanding C. understood D. understands ‎6．c点拨：make oneself understood使得自己被理解；‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点6 This novel is historical facts.‎ ‎ A. basing on B. based on C. based D. base ‎7．B点拨：be based on．．．以……为依据。‎ ‎[备考8]测试考点 7 The authorities showed no signs of to the kidnapper's demands.‎ ‎ A. giving in B. give in C. give up D. giving up ‎8．A 点拨：give in让步，0f为介词，后加动名词。‎ ‎[备考9]测试考点11 He is always telling us " there is a will, there is a way. "‎ ‎ A. That B. Which C. Where D. In which ‎9．c点拨：where引导地点状语从句。句意为：。他总是告诉我们：有志者，事竞成。”‎ ‎ [备考10]测试语法 Put these glasses away before they ‎ ‎ OK, Ill put them in the cupboard.‎ ‎ A. have broken B. are breaking C. get broken D. will be broken ‎10．c 点拨：get broken被打碎。glasses与break之间是被动关系。‎ 第一册 I．Unit 8 Sports I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．goldcn 2．finally 3．divlng 4．competitor/compelition 5．preparation 6．affecl 7．wcigh8．face高考须掌握的短语：1．for 2．of 3．skating {．field 5．in 6．in 7：on 8．wilh 9．ralhcr ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．tie vt．与……打成平局；系；扎；拴 eg：1 tied for lhe second pIace in ‎ the examinalions．我和别人同时在考试中名列第二。‎ You'd better tie the dog toIhe fence．你最好把狗拴在篱笆上。‎ 相关链接：tie”．绳子；带子j领带；关系；胜负不分用法拓展：tie…to…把……拴/绑到……上tie up捆好；绑好 ‎2．further adv．(在时间或空间上)距离更大地；更远地eg：‎ ‎ After class well further diseuss the problem．‎ ‎ 下课后我们将进一步讨论这个问题。‎ 相关链接：far的比较级有两种：farther和further，既可作形容词也可作副词。用法拓展：farther和further都可表示时间和空间上的距离，但further可用于抽象意义。表示“进一步；进一层(地)”的意思，farther则不可。 eg：‎ ‎ we went farther/further into the forest．我们向森林深处走去。‎ ‎ Have you any further questions to ask?你还有没有问题要问?‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1 Make sure the parcel’s correcly before you post it．‎ ‎ A．ticd up B．tied C．tied with D．ties 考题1点拨:答案为A。tie up表示“捆好；绑舟”，在此句中用于被动句。句意为：“包裹寄出去之前要确定它已捆得好好的。”‎ 考题2 (典型例题The office will be closed until notice.‎ ‎ A. far B. by far C. farther D. further 考题2点拨：答案为D。further表示。进一步;进一屡”的意思。句意为：。办公室将关闭，开放时间另行通知。”‎ ‎3．prepare vt．准备；预备eg：‎ ‎ Please prepare the table for dinner．请摆好桌子吃饭。‎ 相关链接：prepare们．配制，调制eg：‎ ‎ The bread is freshly prepared．这面包是刚烤出来的.‎ ‎ preparation n．预备，准备用法拓展;prepare sth．准备某事物prepare for slh．为某事做准备 ‎ be prepared for sth．为某事做好准备 ‎ prepare sb．/sth．for sth．使某人/某物为某事做准备 ‎ prepare to do sth．准备做某事in preparation for为……准备 ‎ make preparations for stia．为某事做好准备 考题3 --Are you the exam? ‎ ‎ --No, I need a few more'hours. I still can't remember all the new words.‎ ‎ A. preparing for B. preparing C. prepared for D. prepared 考题3点拨；答案为c。以prepare的用法来看，A项表示问对方是否在为考试做准备，而回答中的前半部分表示“不，我还需要几个 小时”，造成答句前后矛盾．故排除A项}B项表示问是否在准备试卷，而答话后半句是。我还没有记住全部生词”。这显然是一个学生的身份。故排除B；而be prepared后不能直接跟名词，D项排除．be prepared for sth．表示。为某事做好准备”，故正确答案为c。‎ ‎4．weigh vi．重(若干) vt．称(……重量) eg：‎ ‎ I weigh Iess than I used to．我体重比以前轻。 ‎ ‎ I’d like to have myself weighed．我想称一下体重。‎ 相关链接：welght巩重量用法拓展：lose weight减少体重put on weight增加体重 sell sth．by weight按重量卖某物 考题4 (典型例题 分)--The young man is very large and tall.‎ ‎ Yes, he 190 jin ‎ A. is weighed B. weighs C. weights D. is weighted 考题4点拨:答案为B。weigh表示“重(多．少)”时，是不及物动词·没有被动语态；weight是名词。‎ ‎5．worth adj．值；值得 eg：The book is worth reading．这本书值得一读。‎ 特别提醒：(1)worth是表语形容词，除用作表语外，还可用作后置定语，但不能作前置定语。‎ ‎ (2)表语形容词worth可用well修饰，表示“很，非常”，但不能用very 修饰。‎ ‎ (3)be worth后接动名词，不可接不定式，后跟及物动词或及物动词词组的动名词的主动形式表被动含义。‎ 考题5 (典型例题)He said it was impossible to buy the novel which was worth reading.‎ ‎ A. veery; very B. very; quite C. much; much D. quite; well 考题5点拨。答案为D。修饰绝对意义的形容词。用quite，修饰worth，用well。句意为：“他说要买到那本很值得一读的小说是相当不可能的。” ‎ 二、重点短语 ‎6．stand for代表；代替；象征；支持eg： The letters UK stand for the United Kingdom． 字母UK代表联合王国。‎ ‎ we stand for fFeedom of speech．我们主张言论自由。‎ 相关链接．be for也可表示“支持、赞成、主张”eg：‎ ‎ Are you for the plan or against it?你是支持还是反对这个计划?用法拓展：stand by站在一边；旁观stand by s b．/sth．支持某人/某事 stand on one's hands/head倒立 stand on one's own feet/legs自主/自助 考题6 (典型例题)How can you stand and let him treat his dog like that?‎ ‎ A. or/ B. for C. by D. at 考题6．点拨:答案为C。stand by表示。旁观”。句意为：“他那样对待他那只狗，你怎么能袖手旁观呢?”‎ ‎7．would rather宁愿；宁可eg：‎ ‎ I would rather go to school on foot．我宁可步行去上学。‎ 相关链接：would rather是情态动词词组，后接动词原形，常用于以下搭配：‎ 用法拓展：would rather+从句(从句谓语动词用虚拟语气)eg：ld rather ‎ you posted the letter for me right away．我宁肯你马上给我邮寄这封信。‎ ‎ ld rather you had been here yesterday．我宁愿你昨天在这里。‎ 考题7 典型例题分)--Did you scold the boy. for his mistakes?‎ ‎ --Yes, but it.‎ ‎ A. ld rather not do B. ld not better do C. ld rather not to have done D. ld rather not have done 考题7点拨:答案为D。would rather后接动词原形，此答语表示“宁愿过去没有责骂那个孩子”，表示对过去情况的自责，故用完成时态。‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎ ‎8．本单元中的日常交际用语是“爱好及个人偏好”等方面的表达，具体归纳如下：‎ ‎ Useful expressions ‎ Asking about interests and hobbies ‎ 询问兴趣与爱好 ‎ Possible answers ‎ 可能的回答 ‎ Which do you like…．or…?‎ ‎ 你喜欢哪一个．……还是……?‎ ‎ What's your favorite sport?‎ ‎ 你最喜欢的运动是什么?‎ ‎ Which sport do you like best?‎ ‎ 你最喜欢哪个运动?‎ ‎ Which do you prefer…．or．一?‎ ‎ 你更喜欢哪一个，……还是……?‎ ‎ What about…? ……怎么样?‎ ‎ Are you interested in…9‎ ‎ 你对……感兴趣吗?‎ Sure：I love sports．当然．我爱运动。‎ Yes，very much．/No．not really．是的，非常喜欢(感兴趣)。不．不 怎么喜欢(感兴趣)。Shooting!I think．‎ 我想是射击。I like…best．‎ 我最喜欢……I prefer…to…．‎ 我喜欢……而不喜欢……I like watching it．‎ 我喜欢观看。ld rather watch it than play it．‎ 我喜欢观看而不喜欢玩它。‎ 考题8-1 (典型例题 分)--What about having a drink? __‎ ‎ A. Good idea B. Help yourself C. Go ahead, please D. Me. Too 考题8-2 (典型例题 分 )--Which would you rather have, tea or coffee? ‎ ‎ A. Sure, I would B. Yes, please C. Yes, both D. Neither," thank you 考题8-1点拨：答案为A。What about/How about．一?句式表示提出建议·回答“主意不错。”‎ 考题8—2点拨：答案为D。前者提供两种选择,后者回答“(两样都)不要·谢谢。”‎ 四、重点句型 ‎9．every adj．与数词连用，表示“每……；每隔……”．表示时间或空间的间隔。具体用法是：‎ 特别提醒：(1)表示“每隔一……”还可用every other+单数名词来表示。‎ ‎ eg：every other day(year．month)每隔一天/年/月 ‎ (2)表示“每隔几……”用every few+复数名词来表示。 eg：‎ ‎ every few metres/li,nes每隔几米/行 ‎ 考题9 The teacher asked his students to leave a space in their exercise books ‎ A. every a few lines B. every few line C. every a few line D. every few lines 考题9点拨：答案为D。every few lines每隔几行，句意为：“老师要求学生在作业本上每隔几行留出一个空白处。”‎ ‎10．多个形容词作定语修饰同一个名词时，常按下列次序排列：‎ ‎ (1)描写性质的表特征的形容词(beautiful，ugly，dirty…) 。‎ ‎ (2)尺寸大小高矮的形容词(smaIl，large，high …)‎ ‎ (3)表形状的形容词(round．flat，square．)‎ ‎ (4)表新旧、年龄的形容词(old．young…)‎ ‎ (5)表颜色的形容词(red。white，blue…) ‎ ‎(6)表产地、来源的形容词(American．Japanese…) ‎ ‎(7)表材料的形容词(wood．stone．silk…)‎ ‎(8)说明用途的动名词或形容词(如walking stick中的walking)‎ 考题10-1 (典型例题)Im going to the supermarket wiih my grandt'ather. We're going to buy some ‎ glasses.‎ ‎ A. lovely old French B.old lovely French C. French old lovely D. old French lovely 考题10-2 (典型例题 分)--Do you know where Kate lives? Yeah, in house.‎ ‎ A. a grey gloomy-looking small wooden B. a grey wooden, gloomv-looking ‎ C. a small wooden grey gloomy looking ‎ D. a gloomy looking small grey wooden 考题10一1点拨：答案为A。lovely是描写性的形容词，old表新旧，French表产地，来源。‎ ‎ 考题10--2点拨：答案为D。gloomy-looking是描写性的复合形客词，small表大小，grey表颜色。排在最后的wooden表材料。‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎11．join in．take part in．attend jom指加入组织、团体等并成为其成员．join sb in表示与某人在一起(做某事)．一道从事某项活动。 eg：‎ ‎ When did you joln the army'?你何时参军?‎ ‎ He joined his wifc in her stud)"．他和他妻子一起从事她的研究。‎ ‎ lake part i11强调参加群众性的活动．并在其中发挥积极作用。 eg：‎ ‎ Most students took part in the sports meeting held last week．‎ ‎ 大部分学生参加了上周举办的运动会。‎ ‎ at Lend强调“到场．出席”。 eg ‎ Did you attend the meeting yesterday?你出席昨天的会议了吗?考题 11点拨：(1)ioimin (2)attended (3)took paart in (4)loin 考题11 用join in．take part in．attend填写下列各题 ‎(1)Would you like to us playing basketball?. ‎ ‎(2)He the party yesterday evening.‎ ‎(3) Mary the English. competition last Week,‎ ‎(4)How soon can I your club?‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 被动语态(二)——一般将来时的被动语态 ‎1．概念：一般将来时表示将来某一时刻发生的动作或存在的状态或将来某一段时伺内经常发生的动作或存在的状态。‎ ‎2．被动语态的构成：will(not)+be+p．p：(过去分词)‎ ‎3．它的否定句和疑问句：not收住will和be之间；缩写形式为won't he：在一般疑问句中．‎ ‎ will放在句首．主语在will和be之间：在特殊疑问句中．疑问词放在右首．接下来是 ‎ will．主语．be+p．p．(过去分词)+其他： eg：‎ ‎ Thl、huilding will UOI(won 1)be finished hcforc May．到五月前．那幢偻将不会完工。‎ ‎ Where-will the-railway station be built?火车站将建在哪儿?‎ ‎ llow many new CHrs will be supplied?多少新车将被供应?考题点拨;答案为B。take care of用于被动语态中of不可省去。‎ 考题 I promise the matter will _ _‎ ‎ A. be taken care B. be taken care of C. take care D. take care of Ⅳ．专题探究由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：专题详解： ‎ ‎ 在定语从句的使用中．考生容易出现以下几点错误．现就易出错的点以例题的形式加以分析：‎ 例1：这就是我两年前居住的村庄。‎ ‎ (1)This is the village where I live．d in two yea rs ago．(错误)‎ ‎ (2)This is the villagO、which I lived in two years ago．(正确)‎ ‎ (3)This is the village where l lived two years ago．(正确)‎ ‎ 分析：live为不及物动词．与介词_11搭配时后须跟宾语．应用关系代词which。‎ 例2：他就是经常上学迟到的男孩中的一个。‎ ‎ (1)He is one of the boys who is often late for school．(错误)‎ ‎ (2)He is one oflhe boys who are often late for school．(正确)‎ ‎ 他就是那惟一一个经常上学迟到的男孩。‎ ‎ ①He is the only one of the boys who are often late for schoo1．(错误) ‎ ‎ ②He is the only one of the boys who is often late for schoo1．(正确)‎ ‎ 分析：当先行词为**one of the一复数名词”时．从句谓语动词用复数形式。当先行词为“the only very oneOf the 复数名词”时．从句谓语动词用单数形式。‎ 例3：众所周知，台湾是中国的一部分。‎ ‎(1)Which is known to a11．Taiwan is part of China．(错误)‎ ‎ (2)As is known to all，qhiwan is part of China．(正确) 她昨天没来．这让我很生气。‎ ‎ ①She didn't come yesterday．as made me very angry．(错误)‎ ‎ ②She didn't come yesterday．which made me very angry． (正确) ‎ ‎ 分析：as引导的非限制性定语从句可放在主句的前面也可放在后边．意为”正如”。而which引导的定语从句只能放在主句后．意指前边的一整句话或整个情况。‎ 例4：我将去我十年前参观的那个工厂工作。‎ ‎ (1)1 will go to worb at the factory where I visited ten years ago．(错误)‎ ‎ (2)1 will go to work at the factory(which)l visited ten years ago．(正确)‎ ‎ 我绝不会忘记我们一起度过的那段日子。‎ ‎ ①1 will never forget the days when we spent together．(错误)‎ ‎ ②1 will never forget the days which we spent together．(正确)‎ ‎ 分析：当从句中的谓语动词为及物动词时．如visit．spend等．‎ 应用关系代词which或that，而不能用when或where。‎ 例5：这是我昨天买的那支钢笔吗? ‎ ‎ (1)Is this pen that I bought yesterday?(错误)‎ ‎(2)Is this pen the one l bought yesterday?(正确)分析：如果将以上两句改为陈述句．则不难发现this pen为句子的主语。所以(1)中缺少先行词(作表语)。 (2)中的the’one指“昨天买的钢笔”．后边的定语从句中省略了关系代词that。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点8 (典型例题My family usually goes skating for vacation.‎ ‎ I like skating, but I want to try something different this year. ‎ ‎ A. Let's go. B. Cheer up. C. lake what? D. Take care.‎ ‎1．c 点拨：Like what?。比如什么?”用于询问t：文的something different．‎ 回顾2 测试考点10 (典型例题This girl is Linda's cousin.‎ ‎ A. pretty little Spanish B. Spanish little pretty C. Spanish pretty little D. little pretty Spanish ‎2．A 点拨：考查多个形容词修饰同一个名词的次序问题。pretty描写性的形容词．1ittle指大小．Spanish表国度来源。通常按：描写性形容词一大小一形状一新旧一颜色一来源一材料的次序。‎ 回顾3 测试考点 10 (典型例题ohn Smith. a successful businessman, has a car.‎ ‎ A. large German white B. large white German C. white large German D. German large white ‎3．B点拨：同2。‎ VI．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：every表“每隔”的用法 ‎ 预测根据：every表示“每……；每隔……”的用法，是高考考纲要求考生掌握的一个要点，但许多考生在实际运用中，尤其与few连用时．容易在few前是否加a的问题上举棋不定．这是一个易错点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：every的这种用法通常会在单项选择或短文改错中呈现．务必弄明白“every few+复数名词”表示“每隔几 个……”．不定冠词a不可以在此句式中出现。‎ 预测2：名词活用作形容词现象 ‎ 预测根据：在实际的英语运用中，名词活用作形容词是一个常见现象．如a coffee cup．a paper flower等．但考生往往会有一个思维定势，即：名词前要出现形容词修饰．而忽视名词活用作形容词现象。这也是近几年高考的一个热点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：名词活用作形容词通常会在单项选择中出现，且与复数名词共同呈现，以增加试题难度．如three coffee cups。注意复数形式的变化。‎ 预测3：would rather的几种句式搭配 ‎ 预测根据：在英语口语中．would rather是常用来表达兴趣与爱好的一个有用句式．也是近几年高考的一个常考句式。 ‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：特别注意would rather后接从句须用虚拟语气．这在单项选择中出现的几率会较大。‎ 预测4：多个形容词修饰同一个名词的次序问题 ‎ ‎ 预测根据：近几年的全国高考和各省自主命题的考卷中．多个形容词修饰同一个名词的考题出现几率高。预计考情预测 年高考题中．此类题目仍是一个命题热点。 ‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：多个形容词修饰同一个名词的题目．在单选题中最容易设题。解决此类问题的关键是记住通常的排列顺序，并且分清所出现的形容词应归属到哪个类别当中。‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ ‎ 本单元谈论的话题是奥林匹克运动会与体育明星。围绕此话题．高考中可能出与奥林匹克有关的完形填空与阅读理解题．而书面表达可能出介绍一位体育明星履历的一篇短文，且以图表形式呈现的可能性大。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点 11 The teacher asked, "Did everybody the general cleaning last Saturday afternoon?"‎ ‎ A. join B. attend C. take D. take part in ‎1．D 点拨：take part in表示参加具体的活动并在其中起积极作用。‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点 7 Whom would you rather the pic ture of you?‎ ‎ A. have taking B. to have taken C. have take D. having to take ‎2．C 点拨：would rather have sb．d0 sth．宁愿某人干某事。‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点 5 What do you think of the book?‎ ‎ --Oh, excellent. It's worth a second time.‎ A. to read B. to be read C. reading D. being read ‎3．C 点拨：be worth doing主动形式表被动含义。‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点 10 He lay a box in front of the win-dow.‎ ‎ A. little round black wooden ‎ B. black little round wooden ‎ C. round black wooden little ‎ D. wooden round black little ‎4．A点拨：多个形容词修饰同一个名词的次序排列问题。应按照：描写性的形容词一大小一形状一新旧一颜色一来源一材料的次序。因此选A。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点 7 John wants to see you today.‎ ‎ I would rather he tomorrow than today.‎ ‎ A. come - B. came C. should come D. has come ‎5．B点拨：would rather接从句时用虚拟语气。在此题巾表对现在情况的虚拟，所以用一般过去式。‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点 9 He told me to water the plants ‎ A. each other day, B. every other day C. each of two days D. every of two days ‎6．B 点拨：every other day—every two days表示“每隔一天”。‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点 6 What does "T. G in T.G. Smith ? ‎ ‎ A. stand B. stand by C. stand for D. stand out ‎7．c 点拨：句意为：“在T．G．Smith中的‘T．G．’是代表哪两个字母的缩写?”‎ ‎[备考8]测试考点 9 The buses from Inner Mongolia to Beijing go an hour.‎ ‎ A. each B. every C. at D. in ‎8．B点拨：句意为：。从内蒙古到北京的客车每一小时发一次。”‎ 第一册 Unit 9 Technology I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．agree 2．absolute 3．dependent；dependence 4．behave 5．obedience 6．emergent 7．pa rticularly8．negstion 9．electricaI/electric 10．wonderful 11．peace 12．success；successful 高考须掌握的短语：1．to 2．up 3．of/about 4．in 5．for 6．in 7．to 8．over 9．down 10．in 11．by Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．disagree vi．不同意；不一致 eg：‎ ‎ I disagree with you about this对于这件事我跟你意见不同。‎ 相关链接：disagreement n．不一致；分歧agree vi．同意 agreement，n．一致；协定 用法拓展：disagree/agree with表示“不同意/同意某人的意见．想法，分析．解释等”，还可表示“天气．食物等不适合/适合某人”。‎ ‎ disagree/agree to表示“不同意/同意某项建议．计划．办法等”。‎ ‎ agree on表示“就…：”达成一致协议/取得一致意见”。‎ ‎ disagree/agree to do sth．表示“不同意/同意去做某事”。‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 (典型例题 分 ) The climate here doesn't agree some of us.‎ ‎ - I agree you on this point.‎ ‎ A. with; with B. to; with C. to; about D. on; with 考题1-2 (典型例题)I agree with most of what you said. but I don't agree with ‎ ‎ A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing ‎ ‎ 考题1—1．点拨；答案为A。这两个句子中都运用了词组agree with，前一句中agree with表示“气候(食物等)适合某人”．后一句中的agree with表示”同意某人的意见；想法，分析，解释等”。 ‎ ‎ 考题1—2点拨：答案为A。句意为：“我同意你所说的大部分，但并不是同意一切。” ‎ ‎2．depend vi．依靠；依赖eg：‎ ‎ I haven't a car．I have to depend on the buses,我没有汽车．只能靠公共汽车。‎ 用法拓展：depend ori[upon]依靠；由……而定．取决于；从属于；依赖……维持eg：‎ ‎ That depends．/ll all depends．[口]要看情况而定。‎ ‎ Y0u may depend upon it．[口]肯定无疑；放心好了。‎ 考题2"Will you go skating with me this winter vaca-tion?”" It . "‎ ‎ A, all depend B. all depends C. is all depended D. is all depending 考题2点拨：答案为B。It all depends．/That depends．表示“看情况而定”。‎ ‎3．should该．估计，按理应当．表示可能性，推测或推论 eg：The report is written after careful investigation．so it should be reliable．这份报告是经过周密调查写成的．所以该是可靠的。‎ 相关链接：must…/．．1may也可用于表示推测．‎ ‎ must表示肯定的推测．意为“一定．准是”．不能用于否定和疑问句；can表推测时一般用于疑问句和否定句．用于肯定句时表示“有时会”；may表示可能的推测。 eg：The light in his room is on．so he must be at home now．他房间的灯亮着．他肯定在家。‎ ‎ The light in his room is OUt．so he can’t be at home now．他房间的灯已熄灭．他肯定不在家。‎ ‎ He is absent today．He may be ill今天他没在，他可能病了。用法拓展：should have done本应该做 shOUldn't have done本不应该做 must have done肯定发生过某事 can’t have done一定没发生过某事 may have done可能发生过某事 need have done本需要做 needn’t have done本不需要做 考题3-1 (典型例题 分)It was very kind of you to do the washing-up, but you it.‎ ‎ A. mustn't have done B. wouldn't have done C.mightn't have done D. needn't have done 考题3-2 (典型例题 分 ) It was playing computer games that cost the boy plenty of time that he doing his lessons... ‎ A. might have spent B. must have spent C. ought to have spent D. could have spent 考题3-3 (典型例题)---I saw Jim at the meeting yesterday. Did. you? I think he have attended, for he is an expert.‎ ‎ A. needn't B. mustn't C. shouldn't D. couldn't ‎ 考题3-4 (-典型例题) Well done. Jack!‎ ‎ --Thanks. But given more time, I it better.‎ A. shouldn't have done B. could have done C. migh,t not do D. could do 考题3-5 (典型例题) Im told that John had another car accident this morning.‎ ‎ -I believe not, he so careless.‎ ‎ A. shouldn't have been B. wouldn't have been C. couldn't have been D. mustn't have been 考题3-6 (典型例题分)Research findings show we spent about two hours dreaming every night, no matter what we ‎ during the day.‎ ‎ A. should have done B. would have done C. must have done D. may have done 考题3—1点拨：答案为D。句意为：“你洗刷完了真是太好了。但你本没必要干这些活的。”‎ 考题3—2点拨：答案为C。句意为：。就是玩电脑游戏浪费了这个男孩本应花在学习上的大量时间。”‎ 考题3—3点拨：答案为A。needn't have done本没有必要做。‎ 考题3—4点拨：答案为B。句意为：“给我更多时间，本来可以做得更好。”‎ 考题3—5点拨；答案为c。从I believe not可看出，说话者不相信John会如此粗心，与之对应，用Couldn't have done表示对过去事情的否定推测。‎ 考题3—6点拨：答案为D。may have done对过去情况的可能性推测。句意为：“研究表明不管我们白天做过什么，每天晚止有两个 小时的时间在做梦。” ‎ ‎4．add vt．增加；添加；补充说vi．加；加起来；增添 eg：Add up these ftgures，please．请把这些数字加起来。 I should“ke to add that we are pleased with the test result．我还要补充说一下．我们对测试结果表示满意。‎ 用法拓展：add…to…把……加到……上 add to增力日；加强add up加起来 add up to总计；总共有 考题4 (典型例题分)"We are havirrg a class." she said. it was a newly open kindergarten sponsored by the church.‎ ‎ A. added that B. adding that C. has added D. and adding that 考题4点拨：答案为B。add在此句中用作及物动词，“补充说”，add与主语she是主动关系，因此用现在分词表达。‎ ‎5．1atest adj．最近的；最新的eg：‎ ‎ This toy robot is the Iatest craze a11 over the world． 这种玩具机器人最近风靡全世界。‎ 相关链接：latest adj强调时间上最近的．最新的Iate adj．＆．adv．晚．迟到 later adv．1ate的比较级．表示“后来”：1ately adv．最近(=recently)用法拓展：at(the)latest副词词组．“最晚．最迟” the latest名词词组．“最新的新闻；最新的发展[发现]；最新式样”。‎ 考题5 (典型例题) I have. seen so little of Mike . Is he away on business?‎ ‎ --Oh, no. He just comes very ‎ ‎ A. later; lately B. later; later C.lalely; late D. latest; late 考题5点拨：答案为c。前一句话中lately—recently．表示“最近以来”．与完成时连用，后一句话用late用作副词．修饰动词conle。 句意为：。我最近很少见到迈克,他因公出差了吗?”“噢，不，他只是来得很晚而已。”‎ ‎6．remind t，，．提醒；使想起 eg：The film reminded him of what he had seen in ‎ China．这部影片使他回想起在中国所看到的一切。‎ 用法拓展：remind sb．of slh．提醒某人某事 remind sb．10 do sth．提醒某人去干某事 remind(sb)that提醒(某人)……‎ 考题6 (典型例题)May I that a plan should.be made for this term's study?‎ ‎ A. remind you of B. remind you with C. remind to you D. remind you 考题6点拨：答案为D。考查句式remind sb．that…提醒某人……。‎ ‎7．dare vt．敢；敢于面对/尝试eg：I didn't dare to move．我不敢动。‎ ‎ v．and"．胆敢．竟敢(常用于否定/疑问/条件句中) eg：If you dare speak to ‎ me likc that again．you'll be sorry．如果你敢再跟我那样说话．你会后悔的。‎ 用法拓展：dare用作实义动词时．后面的to有时可省略。 eg：‎ ‎ He doesn't dare(to)answer．他不敢回答。特别提醒：dare用作情态动词时无人称和数的变化，但有过去式,即 dared；I dare say是固定表达．“我揣测；可能”。‎ 考题7 I wonder how he that to the teacher.‎ ‎ A: dare to say B. dare saying C. not dare say D. dared say 考题7点拨：答案为D。dare用作情态动词．此句表示时过去事实的陈述，故用dared say来表达。‎ ‎8．defeat vt．击败；战胜n．失败；败北eg：‎ ‎ They were defeated in the football march．他们在足球赛中输了。‎ ‎ The fOOtball team suffered a defeat．该足球队被击败了。‎ 相关链接：defeat表示“战胜/打败对方”；‎ ‎ beat也可表示“战胜/打败对方”，还可表示“难倒/使困惑”；‎ ‎ win作及物动词表示“赢得(比赛/奖品等)”．或作不及物动词．表示“赢”。 eg：‎ ‎ I defeated/beat my elder brotIler in playing chess．我下棋赢了哥哥。‎ ‎ The problem beat most of the students in the class． 这个问题使班里大部分同学困惑。‎ ‎ They went on struggling，and at last they won．他们不断斗争，最后赢了。特别提醒：win表示“赢得”时，后面的宾语不可以接sb．而接sth．。‎ 考题8 (典型例题)--What made him so happy?‎ ‎ _ ‎ ‎ A. His winning Tom in swimming ‎ B. His beating Tom in swimming ‎ C. He won Tom in swimming ‎ D. He beat Tom in swimming 考题8点拨：答案为B。此题答语回答了what的提问，故C、D排除；win作及物动词时后接sth．不接sb．·因此选B·用动名词的复合结构作主语。 ‎ 二、重点短语 ‎ ‎9．take over接管，接替；把……从一地带到另一地 eg：Was it in 1948 that thc government took over the rallways in Great Britain?英国政府是在1948年接管的铁路吗?‎ 考题9-1 The lecturer spoke so quickly that it was impossible to everything he said.‎ ‎ A. take away B. take off C. take over D. take down 考题9-2 - Im not feeling well, doctor. You'll get better soon. ‎ A. Think it over B. Take it easy C. Yes, you are D. Be careful He took me over to the island in his smai1 boat．他用小船把我带到了那个岛。‎ 用法拓展：takc sb/sth．away拿去．使离开 takc a seat坐下 ‎ take(an)interest in对……有兴趣 take…as ．把……看作/认为……‎ ‎ take back收回(诺言．话语等)take for(错)当作,以为是 ‎ take it easy不要紧张；慢慢来takc notes做记录．做笔记 ‎ take off脱下；起飞 take place发生．举行 take down写下．记下 考题9—1点拨：答案为D。take away带走；take off 脱下，起飞；take over接管；take down记下，写下。‎ 考题9—2点拨：答案为B。Take it easy．别紧张；不要紧。是医生安慰病人的话。 ‎ ‎1O．hy force通过武力eg：‎ ‎ Thcy COUldn't be beaten by force．他们是不能用武力打败的。‎ 相关链接：force可用作动词．“强制．迫使”．可构成以下常用词组：‎ ‎ forc'sb．to so sth 迫使某人干某事；(= torce sb．into doing sth．)force sb/sth+形容词/副词/介词短语 force one's way 强行前进或进入用法拓展．bc in fore 生效 come/go into force生效 put in /into force使生效 考题10-1 Karl Marx was to leave his country for political reasons.‎ ‎ A. forcing B. forced C. force D. being forced 考题10-2 The door was forced by that man with bad manners.‎ ‎ A. to be opened B. open C. opened D. opens 考题10—1点拨：答案为B。force sb．to do sth．“迫使某人干某事”，其被动式Ibe forced to do sth．。‎ 考题10—2点拨：答案为B。force sth．十adj．的被动式．be forced+adj．。句意为：“门被那个粗鲁的人踹开了”。‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎ ‎11．which one sells the best in your class?在你们班哪个卖得最好? seil表“卖得如何”．不用被动。‎ 相关链接：write．read．wash等都有类似用法。 eg：‎ ‎ The pen wrtes welI．这笔写起字来很好用。‎ ‎ T11e poem reads well．这首诗读起来不错。‎ ‎ The coat was}les well．这件外套很好洗。‎ 考题11(典型例题Does this coat SUit me? …Certalnly．Better still．It well．‎ ‎ A．is washed B．washes C．is washing D．is being washed 考题11点拨：答案为B。wash表示“(衣服等)洗起来……”．用主动形式表示本身具有的特点。句意为：“这件外套适合我吗?～是 的。更好的情况是．它很容易洗。”‎ 四、重点句型 ‎ ‎12．in ease"万一．以防”．引导状语从句 eg：In case he arriyes before l get back．‎ ‎ please ask 11im to wait．如果我回来之前他来了的话，请让他等我一下。‎ 相关链接：in case单独使用，可用作状语．意为“以免，以防”。 eg：‎ ‎ l’1l take some of these unused in case．‎ ‎ 这些不用的东西我要留一些．以防万一。用法拓展：in case of是短语介词．意为“万一发生……”；in no case决不(置于 ‎ 句首．句子用倒装)；in any case无论如何．不管怎样；in this/that case如果 ‎ 这样/那样的话 考题12-1(典型例题1 w．1l stay in the hotel there is some news about the missing girl．‎ ‎ A．in case B．in case of C．if onlv D．uniess 考题12-2(典型例题 was advised to arrange flor insurance l needed medical t reatment．‎ ‎ A．aIthough B．in case C．so that D．if only 考题12—1点拨：答案为A。in case"万一，以防”，引导状语从句。句意为：“我要呆在宾馆，以防有那个走失女孩的消息。”‎ 考题12—2点拨：答案为B。句意为：“我被建议作保险，以防需要医疗治疗。”‎ ‎13．no matter+特殊疑问词引导让步状语从句。 eg：No matter what he did，‎ ‎ she always trusted him．不管他干什么．她总是信赖他。‎ ‎ No matter how you come。you'd better arrive on time．‎ ‎ 不管你怎么来．你最好按时到达。‎ 相关链接：no matter when=whenever不管何时 no matter where—wher ever不管哪里 no matter hOW—however不管如何 no matter who—whoever无论谁 no matter which—whichever不管哪一个特别提醒：no matterq-疑问副词一疑问副词+ever引导让步状语从句：no matter+疑问代词．引导址步状语从句 疑问代词+ever既可引导让步状语从句．也可引导名词性从句。 eg：‎ Whoever(=No matter who)comes first．he can get my helD． 不管是淮第一个来。他都能得到我的帮助。‎ ‎ I Will help whoever(不能换作no matter who)comes first．我要帮助第一个来的人。‎ 考题13-1 (典型例题These wild flow- ers are so special that I would do I can to save them.‎ ‎ A. whatever B. that C. which D. whichever 考题13-2 (典型例题分) diffi-culties we may come across, we'll help one an-other to overcome them.‎ ‎ A. Whenever B. Whatever C. However D. Wherever 考题13—1点拨：答案为A。句意为：“这些野花是如此特别，我要做我所能做的一切·来挽救它们。”‎ 考题13—2点拨：答案为B。whatever引导让步状语从句，相当于no matter what。句意为：“不管我们可能遇到什么样的困难，我们将互相帮助共渡难关。” ‎ ‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎ 14．as many as，aS much as ‎ 二者皆可表示“同……一样多”。但as many as用于修饰可数名词的复数形式，as much as用于修饰不可数名词；另外，as much as还可单独使用．表程度。 eg：‎ ‎ You may try as many times as you can．你喜欢试多少次都可以。‎ ‎ I haren't got as much money as I thought． 我没有得到原来想的那么多钱。‎ 考题14 ( 典型例题 分 ) Americans eat vegetables per person today as they did in 1910.‎ ‎ A. more than twice B. as twice as many C. twice as many as D. more than twice as many 考题14点拨：答案为D。more than修饰了倍数twice，后面用了as many．一as句型。‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 被动语态(三)——现在进行时的被动语态 ‎ 该语法强调一个被动的动作现在或现阶段正在-进行，其结构为：be(am/is/are)+being+P过去分词。 eg： The Iife of the milu deer is being studied at present．当前麋鹿的生存正在被研究。 The question is being discussed at the meeting．这个问题正在会上被讨论。 The laws are being revised to protect the rights of women and childten．这些法律(条文)正在被修订以保护妇女和儿童的权利。考题点拨：答案为A。没有搬入新居的原因是“房间正在被粉刷”。‎ 考题 ( 典型例题 分 ) Have you moved into the new house?‎ ‎ Not yet. the rooms ‎ A. are being painted B. are painting C. are painted D. are being painting IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：专题详解：‎ ‎ 一般来说，科普文章属于说明文，因此在阅读科普文章时．不仅要按照说明文的阅读方法进行阅读，而且还要结合自己已有的各种知识和常识进行理解。这是因为：有时原文提供的信息本身无法满足解题条件，而理解方式又不能抛离原文对文体知识性的解答。以典型例题读为例。‎ ‎ Do you "want to live another 100 years or more? So.me experts say that scientific advances will one day enable humans to last tens of years beyond what is now seen as the natural limit of the human life span.‎ ‎ "I think we are knocking at the door of immortality(永生 )," said Michael Zey, a Montclair State University business professor and author of two books on the future. "I think by 2075 we will see it and that's a conservative estimate( 保守的估计). "‎ ‎ At the conference in San Francisco. Donald Louria, a profes- sor at New Jersey Medical School in Newark said advances in using genes as well as nanotechnology(纳米技术 ) make it likely that humans will live in the future beyond what has been possible in the past. "There is a great push so that people can live from 120 to 180 years," he said. "Some have suggested that there is no limit and that people could live to 200 or 300 or 500 years. "‎ ‎ However, many scientists who specialize in ageing are doubt- ful about it and say the human body is just not designed to last past about 120 years. Even with healthier lifestyles and less dis- eass, they say failure of the brain and organs will finally lead all humans to death.‎ Scientists also differ on what kind of life the super aged might live. "It remains to be seen if you pass 120, you know; could yoube healthy enough to have good quality of life?" said Leonard Poon, director of the University of Georgia Gerontology Center."At present people who could get to that point are not in good health at all. "‎ ‎1. By saying "we are knocking at the door of immortality", Mi-chael Zey means ‎ ‎ A. they believe that there is no limit of living ‎ B. they are sure to find the truth about long living ‎ C. they have got some ideas about living forever ‎ D. they are able to make people live past the present life span ‎2. Donald Lourias attitude toward long living is that ‎ ‎ A. people can live from 120 to 180‎ ‎ B. it is still doubtful how long humans can live ‎ ‎ C. the human body is designed to last past about 120 years ‎ ‎ D. it is possible for humans to live longer in the future ‎3. The underlined "it" (Paragraph 4) refers to ‎ ‎ A. a great push ‎ B. the idea of living beyond the present life span ‎ C. the idea of living from 200 to 300 years ‎ D. the conservative estimate ‎4. What would be the best title for this text.'?‎ ‎ A. Living Longer or Not ‎ B. Science, Technology and Long Living ‎ C. No Limit for Human Life ‎ D. Healthy Lifestyle and Long Living 整体把握：这是一篇说明文。文章介绍了人们对寿命是否可以延长的不同看法。阅读题答案：‎ ‎1．c点拨：本句暗含科学家在理论上推断出人有可能活得更长。A、B、D太绝对．不合文章的意思。‎ ‎2．D点拨：第三段最后一句“Some have suggested that there is no limit and that people could tive to 200 or 300 or 500 years．” 说明，Donald Louria认为将来人们的寿命会更长。‎ ‎3．B点拨：由第三段可知：it指"people could live to 200 or 300 or 500 years”。‎ ‎4．A点梭：文章主要讲述人有可能长寿，但能否实现却是未知。故A为最佳标题。文章提及B、D，但没有主要讨论。c太绝对。 ‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点12 (典型例题分)I always take some thing to read when I go to the doctor's I have to wait.‎ ‎ A. in case "B. so that C. in order D. as it ‎1．A 点拨：in case引导的状语从句。句意为：。当我去看病时。总是带上读的东西，以防等待(时好用得上)。”‎ 回顾2 测试考点 3 (典型例题e have comple- ted his work, otherwise, he wouldn't be enjoying himself by the seaside.‎ ‎ A. should B. must C. wouldn't D. can't ‎2．B点拨：must have done表示对过去情况的肯定推测。句意为：“他肯定完成工作了．否则，他不可能在海边玩得那么愉快。”‎ 回顾3 测试考点 6 (典型例题n our childhood, we were often by Grandma to pay" attention to our table man- ners. ‎ ‎ A. demanded B. reminded C. allowed. D. hoped ‎3．B 点拨：remind sb．to do sth．“提醒某人千某事”的被动形式。 ‎ 回顾4 测试考点3 ,( 典型例题 分 ) My English-Chinese dictionary has disappeared. Who have taken it?‎ ‎ A. should B. must C. could D. would ‎4．c 点拨：could have done用于疑问句中。表示对过去情况的可能推测。‎ 回顾5 测试考点 3 (典型例题I have lost one of my gloves. I it somewhere.‎ ‎ A. must drop B. must have dropped C. must be dropping D. must have been dropped ‎5．B 点拨：must have done表示对过去情况的肯定推测。‎ 回顾6 测试考点 3 (典型例题There is no light in the dormitory. They must have gone to the lecture, ?‎ ‎ A. didn't they B. don't they C. mustn't they D. haven't they ‎6．D点拨：must have done的反意疑问句中如果没有表过去的时间状语，借助于have／has进行反意疑问；如果有表示过去的时间状语，借助币did进行反意疑问。‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 ‎ 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：口语It/That(all)depends．‎ ‎ 预测根据：交际用语是每年高考中必考的一个内容，口语It/That(a11)depends“这要看情况而定”，是交际用语中使用频率较高的一个重点句型，也是高考中近几年经常考查的要点。‎ 命题角度预测：此交际用语通常会在听力测试或单项选择中进行。如果出现在听力测试部分，造成的干扰性会更大，因为它表达了说话者实际上没有当场作出结论的意思。‎ 预测2：辨析：should have done，shouldn't have done ‎ 预测根据：情态动词+have+过去分词的用法，表示对过去发生情况的一种表达，是高考语法考查的重点。should have done表示“过去本应该干某事而实际上没做”和shouldn't have done表示“过去本不应该干某事而实际上却做了”，是考查的一个热点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此要点通常会在单项选择中出现，会在一定语境的基础上，要求考生判断出选择的项与所给语境的融合统一。‎ 预测3：表示某人/某物本身具有某特点，用动词的主动形式。‎ ‎ 预测根据：动词的时态与语态是高考考查的重点，也是一个难点。有些动词，如open，write，wash，sell等，表示某人/某物本身具有的特点时，不用被动形式，是考情预测 年高考题中可现性较高的一部分内容。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此要点在单项选择、完形填空中出现的可能性大，务必掌握好此类动词的此种用法。 ‎ 预测4：no matter+特殊疑问词引导状语从句 ‎ 预测根据：状语从句是高考语法的一个重要组成部分，no mat—ter+特殊疑问词引导的状语从句，是近几年高考对状语从句考查的热点之一。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此句型的考查通常会在单项选择中出现，设项通常会有特殊疑问词，连词，no matter+特殊疑问词等，干扰性很大，务必要搞清楚要表达的意思及句子中所缺少的成分。‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ ‎ 本单元的话题是“科技”，因此与此话题有关的阅读理解也许会出现，这属于说明文，也是科普类的文章，需要考生从原理及如何运用某产品等方面去了解此类文章，这也是考生在做阅读理解方面的一个难点。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎ ‎ [备考1]测试考点2 --Will you come to my birthday party this weekend?‎ ‎ --It ‎ ‎ A. all depend B. all depends C. is all depended D. is all depending ‎1．B点拨：lt aIl depends．看情况而定。‎ ‎ [备考2]测试考点 1 They haven't reached any agreement the plan.‎ ‎ A. on B. to C. for D. with ‎2．A 点拨：reach any agreement on…就……达成协议。‎ ‎ [备考3]测试考点 3 --I heard they went skiing in the .mountains last winter.‎ ‎ --It true because there was little snow there.‎ A. must not be B. won't be C. eouidn't have been D. mustn't have been ‎3．c 点拨：表示对过去情况的否定推测，不用mustn't而用couldn't。 ‎ ‎ [备考4]测试考点4 What you said my stress.‎ A. added B. added up C. added to D. added up to ‎4．c 点拨：add加；补充说；add¨p合汁；add t0增加；add up to合计达……。句意为：“你所说的增加了我的压力。”‎ ‎ [备考5]测试考点13 I saw him. he was always smiling.‎ A. When B. Whenever C. What D. Whatever ‎5．B点拨：句意为：“不管何时见到他．他总是微笑着。”‎ ‎ [备考6]测试考点 2 He is always late for work. You can never his arriving on time.‎ ‎ A. depend on B. depend C. dependence D. dependent ‎6．A点拨：depend 0n依靠．指望．其他选项词性和搭配都不符合句意。‎ ‎ [备考7]测试考点6 It me France when I listen to the song.‎ A. reminds; in B. remind; of C. reminds; of D. reminded; in ‎7．c 点拨：根据句子时态可知remind需变单三形式，remind sb．of sth．提醒某人某事。 ‎ ‎ [备考8]测试考点 12 It may rain, you'd better take an umbrella just it does.‎ A. in case B. in any case C. in this case D. in.no case ‎8．A点拨：in case万一，其他选项不合句意。‎ 第一册 Unit 10 The world around us I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．environment 2．action 3．adaptation 4．orihin 5．devotion 6．commonly 7．value 8．harm9．organization 1 O．briefly 高考须掌握的短语：1．in 2．out 3．as 4．to 5．as 6．measures 7．to 8．make 9．to 10．at 11．free 12．wild 13．away14．to ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎ ‎1．measure v量．测量n．尺寸；措施；方法eg：‎ ‎ The distance between the two cities has been measured．‎ ‎ 两城之间的距离已测出。‎ ‎ We must take effective measures to improve our work．‎ ‎ 我们必须采取有效措施来改进工作。‎ 相关链接：measure the length/distance/speed测量长度/距离/速度 ‎ measure sb．for a new suit给某人量尺寸做一套新西装 ‎ to one’s measure按照某人尺寸 ‎ take measures to do sth．采取措施干某事 ‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 (典型例题～The tree is so tall．‎ ‎ Yes．It nearly 20 metres．‎ ‎ A．measures B．is measured C．measure D．to be measured 考题1-2 Mum made a new coat little Tom's own measure．‎ ‎ A．with B．for ·C．to D．bv 考题1—1点拨：答案为A。measure表示“量起来如何”，用作不及物动词，无被动式。‎ 考题1-2点箍：答案为c。make a coaito one's own measure按照某人的尺寸做件外套。‎ ‎2．act vt&vi．扮演；担当；表演；表现eg：‎ ‎ He acted Mao Zedong very well．他扮演毛泽东演得很好。‎ ‎ One of my friends acted as go between．我的一位朋友充当中间人。‎ ‎ Think carefully before you act．三思而后行。 ‎ 相关链接：act可作名词使用，表示“举动；行为；法案”。 eg：a foolish act愚行 ‎ an act of forbidding the killing of animals禁止捕杀动物的一项法案 ‎ action n．行动take action采取行动 用法拓展：act as充当角色；扮演 in the act of doing sth．正当要干某事的时候 考题2 We all know that speak lou-der than words.‎ ‎ A. movements B. performances C. operations D. actions 考题2点拨：答案为D。movement运动；performance表演；operation手术；操作；action行动。句意为：：我们都知道行动胜过语言。”‎ ‎3．devote vt．专心；献身；把……用在eg：‎ ‎ She devotes most of her free time to playing tennis．‎ ‎ 她把大部分业余时间用来打网球。‎ ‎ The famous expert devoted himself to the cure of cancer．‎ ‎ 那位著名专家致力于癌症的治疗。‎ 相关链接：devoted“adj．热爱的；忠诚的 ‎ devotion n．不可数；与for连用．意为“深爱．热爱”，与to连用，意为“忠实．专心”。 eg：a devoted friend一位忠实的朋友 the devotion of a mother for her children母亲对子女的热爱a teacher's devotion to the cause of education教师对于教育事业的执著用法拓展：devote oneself/one's life//time/money/energy to(doing)sth．把……献给……；把……用在…… be devoted to(doing)sth．专心致志于；忠于特别提醒：to在此搭配中是介词．后接名词或动名词。‎ 考题3-1(典型例题Ahhough the working mother is very busy。she still a lot of time to her children．‎ ‎ A．devotes B．spends C．offers D．provides 考题3-2(典型例题e is a person with great determination．who to his scientific research．‎ ‎ A．devotes B．devoted C．is devoted D．is devoting 考题3—1点拨：答案为A。devote time to把时间用于……。句意为：“尽管上班的妈妈很忙，但她还是把很多时间用在孩子身上。”‎ 考题3—2点拨：答案为．C。he devoted to专心致力于；忠于。句意为：“他是一个意志坚强的人，他致力于他的科学研究。”‎ ‎4．common adj．共同的．共用的；普通的，常见的eg：‎ ‎ They shared a common language．他们有着共同的语言。‎ ‎ This is a common disease．这是一种很常见的疾病。‎ 用法拓展：in common共同。共用，共有 have…in common有共同之处．in comlnon with跟……相同；与……有共同点 考题4点拨：答案为c。have…in common在……方面有共同之处。5．reduce vt，．减少．缩减；简化eg： ‎ ‎ We must reduce the weight of the parcel by taking something OUt．‎ ‎ 须拿出一些东西来减轻包裹的重量。 ‎ 用法拓展：reduce to(1)使(箍物)减为eg：The great fire reduced the forest to a few trees．大火将森林烧得只剩下几棵树。 ‎ ‎ (2)使陷入不良状况eg：reduce sb．to tears使某人哭了起来 He was reduced to begging for food．他沦落到讨饭的地步。‎ 考题4 They have a lot common and get on very well.‎ ‎ A. with B. by C. in D. for 考题5 They sold out all the goods by reducing the prices 85 %.‎ ‎ A. with B. to C. for D. in 考题5点拨：答案为B。reduce the prices to 85％把价格降到原来的85％。特别注意：reduce．一to…降至……；reduce…by．一降了……。‎ 二、重点短语 ‎ ‎ 6．die out灭绝；逐渐消失eg：With the death of the fifth earl，this old family had died out．随着第五伯爵之死，这个老世家就灭绝了。 Many old customs are gradually dying out．许多旧习俗都在逐渐消失中。‎ 用法拓展：die为非延续性动词；death名词；dead形容词 ·‎ ‎ die of死于疾病、饥寒、情感等 ‎ die from死于除疾病、饥寒、情感等以外的其他原因 ‎ die down暗淡，平静下来，减弱 die off一个个死去；顺次枯死 考题6 用 die of, die from, die down, die out 和 die off 填空 ‎ (1)The baby fever.‎ ‎ (2) He a chest wound.‎ ‎ (3)h took a long time for the excitement to ‎ ‎ (4)This kind of animal has in the world.‎ ‎ (5)The deer in the forest are all from lack of water.‎ 考题6点拨；(1)died of死于疾病 (2)died fruin 兄于外伤 (3)die dOWN平静下来 (4)died out 灭绝 (5)dying off一个个死去 ‎7．Iead to导致某种结果；通向eg：‎ ‎ His carelessness led to his failure．他的粗心导致了他的失败。‎ ‎ AIl roads lead to Rome．[谚]条条大道通罗马。‎ 相关链接：lead up to为……作准备eg：‎ ‎ My kind words led up to a request for money．我的好话为要钱的事打开门路。‎ ‎ lead to相当于rasHIt in(导致某种结果)‎ 考题7 (典型例题分)Finally we found the way the faraway vii lage.‎ ‎ A. lead to B. leads to C. led D. leading to 考题7点拨：答案为D。find the way找到路；the way后用leading to the far-away v|llage作定语，表示“通向那个遥远山村的路”。‎ ‎8．at present现在；目前eg： ‎ ‎ we don't need any help at present．目前我们不需要任何帮助。‎ 相关链接：present adj．作前置定语，意为“目前的，现在的”；作后置定语．意为“出席的．到场的”。 eg：‎ ‎ the present leader of the company公司目前的领导 ‎ the leader present at the meeting出席会议的那位领导用法拓展：at the present time目前，现在 forthe present暂时 考题8 ( 典型例题分 ) All the people at the party were his supporters. ‎ ‎ A. present B. thankful C. interested D. important 考题8点拨：答案为A。present adj．表示“出席的，到场的”，作后置定语。‎ ‎9．set free释放eg： ‎ ‎ All the birds in the cages were set free．笼中的鸟全被释放了出来。‎ 用法拓展：由free构成的常见短语：‎ ‎ free of charge免费地 for free无偿地；免费地 ‎ be ftee from不受……损害的，没有……的be free of摆脱……‎ 考题9 The man after he was for ten years.‎ ‎ A. was set free; put. in prison ‎ B. set free; in prison C. was set free; in prison ‎ D. set free; put in the prison 考题9点拨：答案为c。句意为：“这个人坐了十年牢，被释放了。”应用被动结构；put sb．in prison是表动作，不是表状态的词组,不能与表一段时间的时间状语连用，因此应该用be i“prison。 ．‎ ‎10．as a result结果eg： ‎ ‎ He ate some bad fish，as a resulc，he didn’t feel well chis morning．‎ ‎ 他吃了些坏鱼，结果今天早上不舒服。 ‎ 用法拓展：as a rasHh of…由于…的原因 rasuIt from．．因……引起 ‎ rashit in导致；致使特别提醒：as a rashlt后接结果as a(the)result of后接原因 考题10 Rose was- wild with joy the re-sult of the examination.‎ ‎ A. to B. at C. by D. as 考题10点拨：答案为B。受思维定势的影响，该题易错选D。句意为：“一听到考试结果，罗丝欣喜若狂。”at表示“一……就……”。‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎11．Take turns asking and altlswel"ing questions． 轮流提问和回答问题。‎ 用法拓展：take turns(at)dom’g sth．一take turns to do sth．轮流干某事 by turns一个接一个，按顺序 in turn依次地 考题11 (典型例题)Some plants can take in carbon dioxide(二氧化碳) we breathe out and give oxygen to us.‎ ‎ A. in case 13. in turn C. in return D. in addition 考题11点拨：答案为c。句意为：“有些植物能吸收我们呼出的二氧化碳，同时又给我们产生氧气作为交换。”in case以防，免得；in turn依次；in return作为交换/报答；in addition另外，附加。‎ 四、重点句型 ‎12．Use the questiOils below to get started…用下面的问题开始……get+过去分词表示处于某种状态。 eg：‎ ‎ He got lost in the foresI．他在森林里迷路了。‎ 用法拓展：get paid得到报酬get hurt受伤get married结婚 ‎ get changed换衣服get drunk喝醉酒get lost迷路get burnt烧伤 ‎ get used to习惯于…‎ 考题12 When Mary was on her way home from office last night, she got by two robbers.‎ ‎ A. robbed B. stolen C. robbing D. stealing 考题12点拨：．答案为A。rob sb．of sth．抢某人的东西；steal sth．from sb．偷某人的东西。因为主语是she，所以用get robbed而不用gel stolen。 ‎ ‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎ ‎ 13．keep…from doing，keep…doing ‎ keep…from doing阻止……做某事keep：一doing让……一直做某事eg：‎ ‎ YOH'd better keep the childran from swimming in the river．‎ ‎ 你最好不要让孩子们到河里游泳。‎ ‎ It’s wrong to keep the water running． 让水白白流掉是不对的相关链接：stop/prevent…(from)…与keep…from…同义，都表示“阻止……做某事”，但后者中的from不可省，省掉意思会发生变化，前者中的from可有可无。‎ 考题13 If city noises from increasing, people shout to be heard even at the din-ner table 20 years from now.‎ ‎ A. are not kept; will have to ‎ B. are not kept; have to ‎ C. do not keep; will have to ‎ D. do not keep; have to 考题13点拨：答案为A。“噪音”与“阻止增长”应为被动关系，排除c、D项；“从现在起二十年后”是表将来的时间状语，所以要用将来时态。‎ ‎14．no longer．no more no longer—not any longer强调状态上不再持续下去。 eg：‎ ‎ He is no longer a political leader．他不再是个政治领袖。‎ ‎ no more—not any more强调数量上不再发生或存在。 eg：‎ ‎ 1 will go there no more．我不再去那儿了。‎ 特别提醒：no longer置于句首时，会引起主谓语的部分倒装。eg：No longer are they staying with us．他们不再与我们呆在一起了。‎ 考题14 Will you give this message to Mr White, please? Sorry, I can't. He ‎ ‎ A. doesn't any more work here ‎ B. doesn't any longer here work ‎ C. doesn't work any more here ‎ D. doesn't work here any longer 考题14点拨：答案为D。在此句中强调“他不再在这儿工作了”的一种状态。可以说：He no longer works here．或He doesn't work here any longer．。‎ Ⅲ 语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 直接引语和间接引语基本句型的用法有：陈述句，特殊疑问句，一般疑问句和祈使句。陈述句：在引语的开头用连词thal；‎ ‎ 特殊疑问句：间接引语中的连接词用直接引语中的特殊疑问句中的特殊疑问词；‎ ‎ 一般疑问句：如果引述的是一个一般疑问句或反意疑问句时，通常用whether或if引导．而引导选择疑问句时，只能用whether。 eg： He asked．“Are you a teacher or a student?”→He asked me whether 1 was a teacher or a student．他问我是老师还是学生。注意：无论是特殊疑问句还是一般疑问句变为间接引语．语序都要变为陈述句的语序。祈使句：引述表示命令的祈使句，常用动词order，tell，warn；引述表示请求的祈使句，常用动词ask， beg；引述表示建议、劝告的祈使句，常用动词advise。 eg： He said，“Please hand me the book．→He asked me to hand him the book．他要我把书递给他。” He said．“Don't be late again tomorrow．”→He told me not to be late agAm‘the next day．他让我第二天不要再迟到了。 He said，“Do have a look by yourself first．”→He advised me to have a look by myself first．他让我先自己看看。 ．‎ 考题 He said that his car stolen and he have to tele phone the police.‎ ‎ A . was; would B. has been; will C. had been; would D. had been; will 考题点拨：答案为c。此题考查有关直接引语与间接引语的相关知识。间接引语虽然是由and引出的两个并列的宾语从句，但时态却不能一样，因为此句改为直接引语应为：He said，“My car was(has been)stolen and 1 will have to telephone’the police．”车子被盗是过去，而给警察打电话是将来(马上，立即)，所以变为间接引语应分别与所对应的时态一致。总结提示：变间接引语时，相应的词语、时态的改变要具体问题具体分析。如果是当时、当地转述，则时间状语和地点状语不变。‎ IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 ‎ 专题探究：‎ ‎ 专题详解：‎ ‎ 根据《典型例题统一考试大纲》说明，考生须掌握典型例题组以及能够适当运用基本的语法知识。值得注意的是，考试大纲中还新增了．一项考试项目，即阅读填空题。根据考试大纲中所给的题型示例，这是一篇没有挖空的文章。文章后面所设的题目样式就相当于考生原来在学课文时所做的Note-making题型。面对这种新题型，我们应该注意如下几点：‎ ‎ 1．该题型设计的目的：在测试考生的阅读理解能力基础之上，侧重考生的单词拼写和猜词能力。 ‎ ‎ 2．该题型测试的形式：要求考生在阅读文章之后，就文章的内容填空。所填之词可能是一个单词、词组，也可能是一个句子。‎ ‎ 3．该题型解题技巧及方法：‎ ‎ (1)在读文章之前，先看一下文章后面的题目及要求，这样在阅读文章之时就会有针对性；同样，也有利于自己对文章的更好理解。‎ ‎(2)在看完题目之后，考生不妨采用“三读法”来对付此题。所谓“三读法”，就是“通读、细读和复读”。所谓“通读”就是快速地把文章浏览一遍。“细读”就是以适当的速度阅读文，章。“复读”就是在考生做完该题之后，还要把文章读一篇。“三读法”的具体操作：第一步．首先通读文章一遍。弄清文章大意。第二步，细读文章一遍,一边读，一边做题，在读的时候要留意与题目有关的信息点；在做的时候，要及时到文章中的相关段落以及某一行找到其对应的信息点。第三步，考生在做完该题之后．还要把文章读一遍，检查所填之· 词是否符合文章内容．其拼写是否正确。‎ ‎4．例题分析：为了更好地把握解此题型的要领，下面我们作一个实例分析：阅读下列短文。根据短文内容填空：‎ ‎ A recent study shows that nearly 50 percent of the school kids in Beijing do not have breakfast. They tend to feel sleepy all day and have bad memories, so it is hard for them to get high marks in all kinds of tests. ‎ ‎ Some students who study deep into the night choose to miss breakfast so that they can have a few extra minutes in bed. Others are given money to buy their breakfast on the way to school be cause their parents are too busy to prepare it for them. In addi tion, a few school girls want to stay slim and often go to school without breakfast.‎ ‎ In fact, the morning meal plays an importan.t part. It can provide 30 percent of the whole day's energy. For a creative mind and better judgment, school kids should start their days with a regular breakfast.‎ ‎ Statistics(统计) about school kids' not having breakfast ‎ Reason Result Suggestions ‎1．They(1)late at night studying and want to stay in bed (2)．‎ ‎1．They(4)feel sleepy aIl day．‎ ‎1．The rnorning mealis(7)， which provides 30％of the day's(8)．‎ ‎2．The parents give them money to buy breakfast．‎ ‎2．They usually ，have(5)．‎ ‎2．Itis usefulfor(9) thinking and better ‎(10)‎ ‎3． Some girls want to(3)and go to school withoutbreakfast．‎ ‎3．It’s hard for them to(6)in an kinds of exanls．‎ ‎3．School kids should start their day with a good breakfast．‎ ‎ 点拨：第1空的对应信息点是第二段中study deep into the night(熬夜学习)。因此，第1空的答案应为stay up。第2空的对应信息点为a few extra minutes，因此第2空的答案为a few more minutes_或a few extra minutes。第3空的对应信息点是第二段的stay slim，其答案就是sXay slim，属直答题。第4空的答案也是直答题。其答案为tend to(在第一段)。其他空答案的来源不再赘述。第5空为bad memories；第6空为get high marks；第7空为necessary；第8空为energy；第9空为creative；第10空为 judgement。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点10 (典型例题My friend Martin was very sick with a strange fever; , he could neither eal nor sleep.‎ ‎ A. as a result B. after all C. any way D. otherwise ‎1．A 点拨：as a result结果；after all毕竟，别忘了: any way不管怎么说；otherwise否则的话。根据句意，应选A。 ‎ 回顾2测试考点 12 (典型例题分)Sarah, hurry up. Im afraid you can't have time to before the party.‎ ‎ A. get changed B. get change C. get changing D. get to change ‎2．A点拨：get changed换衣服。句意为：“Sarah。快点!恐怕晚会开始前你没有时间换衣服了。” ‎ 回顾3 测试考点12 (典型例题leaning women in big cities usually get by the hour.‎ A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay ‎3．c点拨：get paid得到报酬。‎ VI．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：measure的用法 ‎ 预测根据：measure可用作名词或动词。作名词时可表示“计量，测量；措施，步骤，方法”，尤其是词组take measures to dosth．(采取措施干某事)是一个常考的固定词组；作动词时要注意“某物量起来是……”的表达，用measure这个动词的主动形式。这是高考题对这个词的考查中容易设的考点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：对measure的考查会在名词辨析或动词的语态方面来进行，一般会设置在单项选择或完形填空中。‎ 预测2：辨析：die out，die down，die off，die from．die of ‎ 预测根据：动词词组辨析是中学英语教学的重点之一，也是高考考查的重点和难点之一。与die有关的这些动词词组是高中阶段英语学习中都涉及的，也是高考的热点之一。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：对这几个动词词组的考查通常会在单项选择和完形填空中进行。考生务必要清楚这几个词组的意思，然后就具体的语言环境。进行适合意思的选择。预测3：devote…to…结构 ‎ 预测根据：devote…to…表示“把……专用于/奉献于……”是一个重点搭配，考生容易忽视to是个介词的用法，后面须加名词或动名词，这是考题容易设的陷阱。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：devote…to…考查的角度可以放在动词devote上，出现devote与其他动词的辨析选择；也可以放在介词to上，考查介词to后接名词或动名词的情况。‎ 预测4：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的谈论话题是如何保护环境和濒危动物问题，这是一个环保的话题，在阅读理解或书面表达中，涉及此类话题的可能性较大。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点 1 It is time the government to stop the pollution.‎ ‎ A. takes some measures /3. took some measures C. took measure D. takes measures ‎1.B点拨：It is time+从句，后用虚拟语气，所以排除A、D项；C项搭配不对，应是take some measures to do sth．采取一些措施干某事。 ‎ ‎ [备考2]测试考点 3 In all her she, she devoted herself to the deaf.‎ ‎ A. take care of B. taking care C. taking care of D. being taken care ‎2．c 点拨：devote oneself to doing献身于/专注于做某事。 ‎ ‎ [备考3]测试考点 7 The falling of the new building its soft base.‎ ‎ A. resulted in B. suffered from C. led to D. lay in ‎3．D点拨：Iie in“在于”。表原因。句意为：“新楼倒塌的原因在于地基不牢,”。‎ ‎ [备考4]测试考点 8 The experts at the conference were from all over the world. ‎ ‎ A. presented B. present C. presenting D. to present ‎4．B点拨：present表示“出席的，到场的”，作后置定语。 ‎ ‎ [备考5]测试考点 13 We'd better take some steps to keep the boy too much.‎ A. spoiling B. spoiled C. from spoiling D. from being spoiled ‎5．D点拨：句意为：“我们最好采取一些措施防止这个孩子被宠坏。”keep sb．from doing，spoil与the boy是被动关系，因此选p。 ‎ ‎ [备考6]测试考点 12 In big cities, when you crossthe streets, you should be careful in case of getting by cars.‎ ‎ A. ran B. to run C. running D. run ‎6．D点拨：get run被车碰着/压着。 ‎ ‎ [备考7]测试考点 3 Chairrnan Mao his lifetime the noble cause of communism.‎ ‎ A. devoted; in B. devoted; to C. devoted; at D. devoted; on ‎7．B点拨：devote…to…为固定搭配。‎ 第一册 Unit 11 The sounds of the world I 单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．suggest 2．music/musician 3．performer/performance 4．characteristic 5．container 6．tradition．7．various 8．universe 9．satisfaction；satisfactory 10．deslrable 11．emotional 12．total 13．expression 14．Intelligent 高考须掌握的短语：1．in 2．into 3out ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．suggestion n.提议；意见eg：‎ ‎ Suggestion is always more effective than persuasion．‎ 建议常比劝说有效。 ‎ 相关链接：suggest vt．建议；表明，暗示 eg：I suggest that we(should)‎ ‎ bring the meeting to an end．我建议会议结束。‎ ‎ Her expression suggested that she was angry．‎ ‎ 她的表情暗示出她生气了。用法拓展：make a suggestion—give advice(advice是不可数名词)特剔提醒：suggest作“建议”讲时，后面从句用sbould+v原形，should 可省略；suggest作“表明、暗示”讲时，后面的从句用陈述语气。‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 (典型例题 what are、the doctor's remarks about his iIlness? He suggested that the patint operated on at once．‎ ‎ A．was B．is C．be D．has 考题1-2 His pal¨ace suggested that he badly ill.‎ A. should be B. is C. be D. was 考题1—1点拨：答案为c。suggest作“建议”讲，后面的从句中用should+v．原形，should可省略。‎ 考题1—2点拨：答案为D。suggest作“表明，暗示”讲，后面的从句用陈述语气，在此句中与主句一致，用一般过去时。‎ ‎2．create vt．创作；创造；引起；造成eg：‎ ‎ The wealth of society is created by the labourlng people．‎ ‎ 社会的财富是劳动人民创造的。‎ 相关链接：creation n．创造；建立creative adj．有创造力的；创作的用法拓展：create，invent和discover都有“创造；发现；发明”之意，但 含义和用法不同。 ‎ ‎ create“创造”，产生出的东西是以前没有的，多指精神上的东西。‎ ‎ invent"发明”，产生出的东西是以前没有的，多指物质上的东西。‎ ‎ discover"发现”，找到一直存在的但未被人们发现的东西。‎ 考题用 create, invent 或 discover 的适当形式填空 ‎ (1) It is labour that the world.‎ ‎ (2)Paper in China.‎ ‎ (3)Columbus America in 1492.‎ ‎ (4)Gilbert .electricity, but Edison the light bulb.‎ 考题2点拨：(1)creates 句意为：“劳动创造了世界。”(2)was inv．nted 句意为：“纸发明于中国。”(3)discovered 句意为：“哥伦布于1492年发现了美洲。”(4)diseovered；invented 句意为：“吉尔伯特发现了电，但爱迪生发明了灯泡。”‎ ‎3．contain uf．包含；装有；容纳 eg：The room was small and contained too much furniture．房间不大，又装有太多的家具。‎ 相关链接：contained adj．镇定的；克制的container n．容器用法拓展”Include也有“包括，包含”之意，但include侧重指整体里面“包含”个体。 eg：Two new names were InCluded in the ljst．名单上包括两个新名字。‎ 考题3 (典型例题He was worried, because he lost his bag his passport, ID card and a lot of money.‎ ‎ A. included B. including C. contained D. containing 考题3点拨：答案为D。contain表示“装有”，与bag构成逻辑上的主动关系，因此用containing。句意为：“他很担心，因为他丢了装有护照，身份证和一大笔钱的包。”‎ ‎4．variety n．多样性；种类；变化eg：‎ ‎ For a variety of reasons，the experiment failed． 由于种种原因，实验失败了。‎ ‎ We livee a life fuIl of varlety． 我们过着丰富多彩的生活。 ‎ 相关链接：various adj．“不同的，各种各样的”；通常只作定语，不作表语。 ．用法拓展：a yariety of各种各样的；varieties of各种各样的 考题4 The girl was "so happy to find in the gar-den.‎ ‎ A. a variety of flower B. a variety of flowers C. varieties of flower D. variety of flowers 考题4点拨：答案为B。a variety of flowers各种各样的花，flower为可数名词，所以应该用复数形式，相当于varieties of flowers：‎ ‎5．sarisfy vt．满足；使满意eg：‎ ‎ The government tried to Satisfy the needs of the people．‎ ‎ 政府尽力满足人民群众的需求。‎ ‎ He satified me that he could do the work well．‎ ‎ 他使我确信他能把工作做好。‎ 相关链接；satisfaction n．满意；满足 ‎ sarisfactory adj．满意的；称心如意的 satisfying adj．令人满意的；令人满足的satisfied adj．满足的；满意的用法拓展．be satisfied with/at/about对……满意/满足 考题5 (典型例题分)Nick is looking for another job because he feels that nothing he does his boss.‎ ‎ A. serves B. satisfies C. promises D. supports 考题5点拨：答案为B。根据句意：“尼克正在寻找另一份工作，因为他觉得他做的任何事都不令老板满意”，可知此处用satisfy。‎ ‎6．desire n．愿望；心愿；要求vt．期望；请求eg：‎ ‎ He has a strong deslre to succeed/for success．他渴望成功。‎ ‎ The queen desires that you(should)come at once．女王要你立刻前来。‎ 相关键接：desirabIe adj．值得做的；合意的用法拓展：have a dest’re to do sth．/for sth．渴望干某事/得到某物 ‎ desire作名词，后接同位语从句或desl‘re作动词时，后接宾语从句时，从句中用should+动词原形，should可省略。‎ 考题6 ( 典型例题 分 ) People expressed their desire that the war to an end.‎ ‎ A. came B. come C. comes D. coming 考题6点拨：答案为B。desire作名词，后面是它的同位语从句，come前省略了should。‎ 二、重点短语 ‎7．turn．”into．”把……变成……eg：‎ ‎ They are going to turn the building into a hospital． 他们想把那座大楼变成一所医院。‎ 用法拓展：turn into—change into变成 eg：when heated，water will ‎ turninto vapour．当被加热时，水就会变成水蒸气。‎ ‎ turn…into…一translate/put…into…把……译为……eg：‎ ‎ He has turned the book into Englis h．他已把这本书翻译成了英语。‎ ‎ turn to求助于；查阅turn down关小．调低；拒绝 ‎ turn up调高；出现，露面turn on打开 ‎ turn off关上turn over翻过去turn out出产．生产；结果是 考题7-1 (典型例题分)I can hardly hear the radio. Would you please ?‎ ‎ A. turn it on B. turn it down C. turn it up D. turn it off 考题7-2 ( 典型例题 分 ) He was disappointed to find his suggestion ‎ ‎ A. to turn down B. to be turned down C. turned down D. turning down 考题7-3 (典型例题分) Mr Bernard told me not to dictionaries too often when we read novels in English.‎ ‎ A.oturn over B. turn on C. turn to D. turn off 考题7—1点拨：答案为C。前半部分“我几乎听不到收音机”，所以选turn it up，“把声音调高些”。 ‎ 专题7—2点拨：答案为c。find+宾语+过去分词充当宾补，表示宾语与宾补之间是被动关系。句意为：“他发现自己的建议被拒绝感到很失望。” ‎ 考题7—3点拨：答案为C。turn to求助于，查阅；turn over翻过去；turn oll打开；turn off关上。‎ ‎8．pick out选出，选好 eg：It took me a Iong time to plck out a new suit in the store．我花了很长时间在那家商店挑了套西服。‎ 用法拓展：plck out还可表示“认出，看清”。 eg：Cair you plck your brother out from the group of people?你能从那群人里认出你哥哥来吗?‎ 考题8 (典型例题分)The little boy the car that escaped from the accident.‎ ‎ A. picked up B. picked C. picked out D. picked on 考题8点拨：答案为c。pick OUt表示“认出，看清”。句意为：“那个小男-NiA出了肇事逃逸的那部车。”‎ ‎9． (the)next time作连词，引导时间状语从句．意为“(当)下次……的时候”eg：‎ ‎ Next time you come in，please close the door．下次进来时，请把门关上。‎ 用法拓展：有同样用法的名词词组有：the moment/the minute/‎ ‎ the instant一……就……every time/eaeh time每次 ‎ the first/last time第一次/最后一次…的时候 考题9 (典型例题) I saw her, she was working in a shop.‎ ‎ A. The last time B. For the last time C. To the last time D. In the last time 考题9点拨：答案为A。(the)last time是名词短语用作连词，引导时间状语从句。句意为：“我最后一次见到她的时候，她正在一家商店工作。”‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎10．本单元的交际用语是给出建议和劝告(making suggestions and giving advice).其常用结构有: Can I offer you some advice? Would you like my advice? Personally, I would advise you to... I suggest you... I think you should... If I were you, I would... Personally, I think the best for you is... What (How) about...? Why don't you/Why not...? You'd better... I was wondering if you would...‎ 考题10-1 (典型例题 分)--Whose advice do you think I should take? __‎ ‎ A. You speak B. That's it C. It's up to you D. You got it 考题10-2 ( 典型例题 分 )--Would you like me to turn down the radio a bit? -- . Im used to working with the radio on.‎ ‎ A. No, I don't like it B. Yes, it doesn't matter C. No, it's allright D. Yes, please 考题10—1点拨：答案为C。It’s up to you．这由你自己来决定。‎ 考题10—2点拨：答案为C。从下文Im used to working with the radio on．可看出，对方不需要把音量调小。‎ 四、重点句型 ‎11．You are not sure what to buy．你拿不准该买什么。‎ 用法拓展．be sure to do肯定会干某事 be sure of，/about sth．确定某事 eg：特别提醒：‎ ‎(1)sure可换为certain，但在It is certain that…句式中，不可用sure。‎ ‎ (2)He is sure to succeed．(说话者认为)他肯定会成功。‎ ‎ He is sure of his success．他对成功有把握。‎ 考题11 It is that he will turn up in time.‎ ‎ A. sure B. certain C. surely D. certainly 考题11点拨：答案为B。It it certain that…句式，不可换为sure。‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎12．other，another，others，the Other other“其他的”，常与some相对。 eg：when winter comes．some birds fly to the south，other birds stay．冬天到来时，有些鸟儿飞去南方，其他的留了下来。‎ 特别提醒：other修饰可数名词时，可以换成others，如other birds—others。‎ ‎ another表示不确定的另外一个．可单独使用，也可修饰可数名词。 eg：‎ ‎ I don't like this one，please show me another．我不喜欢这个，请给我拿另一个看看。‎ ‎ I need another three boxes．我还需要三个盒子。‎ ‎ the other“另外的”，表示确定的数量，还可作名词，表“两个当中的另外一个”。‎ ‎ eg：The other students are against the plan．其他的学生反对这个计划。‎ ‎ He has two daughters．one is a doctor and the other is an engineer．他有两个女儿，一个是医生，另外一个是个工程师。．‎ ‎ another+数词+复数名词一数词+other+复数名词。 eg： ariother three boxes—three other boxes另外三个盒子 考题12-1 ( 典型例题分 ) Sarah has read lots of stories by American writers. Now she would like to read sto- ries by writers from countries.‎ ‎ A. some; any B. other; some C. any; other D. other; other 考题12-2 (典型例题 分) No agreement was reached in the discussion as neither side would give way to ‎ ‎ A. another B. any other C. other D. the other 考题12-3 (典型例题)--What a hot day! Have you had a drink? Yes, but ld like to have after class.‎ ‎ A. it B. another C. that D. one-‎ 考题12—1点拨：答案为D。与“美国作家”相对的应该是“别的国家的作家”，．可排除A和B；她想读“其他的小说”，故选D。‎ 考题12—2点拨：答案为D。从neither side可看出是双方的协议，give way to the other给另一方让步。‎ 考题12—3点拨：答案为B。从Yes上可看出，已经喝了一份饮料，想再喝一份，another作名词，相当于another drink。‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 本单元复习被动语态在不同时态里的运用，现概括如下：‎ ‎ 时 态 ‎ 形 式 ‎ 例 句 一般现在时 am/is/are+过去分词 ‎(1)The programme is operated by villagers．这 ‎ 个项目由村民来执行。‎ ‎(2)Every year trees are planted．每年都植树。‎ 一般过去时 was/were+过去分词 ‎(1)The building of a car factory was agreed last month．‎ ‎ 上个月同意了建一个汽车工厂。‎ ‎(2)The pencils were sold out．铅笔卖光了。‎ 一般将来时 ‎ will be+过去分词 The project will be finished by 考情预测 ．这个计划将于考情预测 年完成。‎ 现在进行时 am/is/are+being+过去分词 ‎(1)The life of the milu deer is being studied at present．现在麋鹿的生活正在被研究。‎ ‎(2)The question is being discussed at the meet— ing．这个问题正在会上被讨论。‎ 过去进行时 was．/were+being+过去分词 He told me that a film was being shown in the hall．他告诉我大厅里正在放映电影。‎ 现在完成时 have/has+been+过去分词 They have been greatly helped by this new computer．他们从这台新电脑上得到很大的帮助。‎ 过去完成时 had+been+过去分词 Mr Brown had been mentally disturbed by his long years alone in prison．布朗先生因为长年孤寂的牢狱生活而精神出现了问题。‎ 过去将来时 would+be+过去分词 He was extremely disappointed to hear that he ‎ would not be given a doctor's degree．当听到不 能被授予博士学位时．他感到极其失望。‎ 带情态动词 情态动词+be+过去分词 ‎(1)Young trees can't be cut down． 不能砍伐小树。‎ ‎(2)You might both have been caught and kill—ed．你可能被抓获并被杀害。‎ 考题1 (典型例题The careless driver has iust $10 for stopping his car at a sign that ． “No Parking"． ‎ A．fined；reads B．been fined：reads C．fined：is read D．been fined；is read 考题2(典型例题一You've made great progress in your studies of English。haven’t you? —Yes，but much ．‎ ‎ A．remains to do B．is remained to do C．remains to be done D．is remoined to be done 考题1点拨：答案为B。粗心的司机被罚款10美元，应该用has been fined 10$；标牌上写着“No Pa rking”，用read表呆“内容是”，为主动表被动。 ‎ 考题2点拨：答案为c。much remains to be done还要做许多(还要更努力)。‎ IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 ‎ 专题探究：‎ ‎ 专题详解：‎ ‎ 完形填空题是借鉴德国韦特海默尔首创的格式塔心理学(Gesstah Psychology)即完形心理学的原理设计出来的一种测试题型，其核心思想是通过部分对整体的不可分割性来测试考生运用英语语言知识的能力，考查学生对语篇意义理解的连贯性和运用语言的准确性。做这种试题，除了要调动已经掌握的英语知识外，还需要有一定的语感领悟能力，也就是说，对于完形阅读这种高级的心理活动，必须有情感因素的配合。要注意在整篇文章中理解部分语言材料的同时，又通过部分语言材料加深对整篇文章的理解。从近5年的高考完形填空来看，考查语法型及语法意义型的内容几乎为零，基本上全是情景意义型考查。从考试理论及高考实践可以看出，语篇情景意义型的试题是高考完形填空命题的热点和焦点。‎ ‎ 完形填空是集知识与能力为一体，意义完整,逻辑严密，要求较高的综合性的语言测试题型。结合试题特点，考生可灵活采用下列方法或步骤，或称“三遍法”。‎ ‎ 1．通览。细读首句、结束句及文章中其他完整的句子，一般首句不设空，首句就是窗口，往往是文章的主题所在，结束语往往也是“画龙点睛”。跳过空格，展开联想推断，建立正确的思维导向，从整体上理解短文大意。‎ ‎ 2．推测。高考中的绝大多数短文都是记叙文。考生应根据现实，生活常识，文化背景，上下文逻辑、语篇标志，充分发挥想像、缜密思考，仔细推敲，结合排除法，快速找出文章的内在联系，理清文章的脉络。 ‎ ‎3．试填。高考命题原则是“突出语篇．强调运用”。从整体上跨越式推断出段落之间、情节之间的逻辑联系之后，并根据词义(如哆义、近义或同义词)固定搭配、习惯用法、上下文、语法结构等试填短文，细致耐心地逐项分析，各个击破。最后复核全文，仔细检查，使文章上下连贯．前后呼应，逻辑顺畅。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试语法 (典型例题)When and where to go for the on-salary holiday yet.‎ ‎ A. are not decided B. have not been decided C. is not being decided D. has not been decided ‎1．D 点拨：when and where to do sth．作主语，用单数的谓语动词，所以用hasn't been decided表示“还没被决定”。 ‎ 回顾2 测试语法 (典型例题 Months ago we sailed tenthousand miles across this open sea, which "the Pacific, and we met no storms.‎ ‎ A. was called B. is called C. had been called D. has been called ‎2．B点拨：尽管本句叙述的是过去的事情，但太平洋的名字至今沿用，所以用一般现在时的被动语态。． ‎ 回顾3 测试考点 7 (典型例题--Why does she always ask you for help? There is no one else , is there?‎ ‎ A. who to turn to B. she can turn to C. for whom to turn D. for her to turn ‎3．B点拨：turn to sb．求助于某人。 ‎ 回顾4 测试考点12 (典型例题o progress was made in the trade talk as neither side would accept the conditions of ‎ ‎ A. others B. the other C. either D. another ‎4．B点拨：由句子前面出现的neither可判断出谈判是两者间的，故选B。 ‎ 回顾5 测试考点 12 (典型例题got the story from Tom and .people who had worked "with him.‎ ‎ A. every other B,. many others C. some other D. other than ‎5．B点拨：some other与复数名词连用，表示“其他的”。every 不与复数名词连用；many others不能再与名词连用；other than的意思是“除……外”。 ‎ 回顾6 测试考点 12 (典型例题 have done much of the work. Could you please finish in two days?‎ ‎ A. the rest B. the other C. another D. the others ‎6．A点拨：the rest“剩余的”，既可代替可数名词，也可代替不可数名词。the others“剩余的”，只能代替复数名词。work是不可数名词，故只能选A。 ‎ 回顾7 测试考点 12 -(典型例题hanghai is really a fasci-nating city and we've decided to stay for two weeks.‎ ‎ A. another B. other C. the other D. other's ‎7．A点拨：another在一般情况下后接单数名词或one，意思是“另外一个”。但如果复数名词前有数词或few，several等词．可用gnother修饰，意思是“另外多少个”。‎ Ⅵ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：suggest后接宾语从句 ‎ 预测根据：suggest是高考考纲明确规定的一个四会单词，其后接宾语从句时分两种情况：①表示“建议”时．宾语从句的谓语动词是should+动词原形，should可省略；②表示“暗示，表明”时，宾语从句中的谓语动词与主句时态保持一致。这对于考生来说是一个难点，也是高考题考查的重点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：suggest后接宾语从句的考查通常可设置在单项选择、完形填空或短文改错中，考生尤其要注意suggest表示哪种含义，然后判断出是否属于可省略should的情况。‎ ‎ 预测2：名词性短语作连词，引导时间状语从句 ‎ 预测根据：名词性短语，如the moment/the minute/the first sight/the first time/next time等，可以作连词引导时间状语，这是近几年全国高考题中出现率较高的一个热点，考情预测 年的高考题中预计将会继续呈现这类题目。‎ 命题角度预测：名词性短语相当于连词引导时间状语从句的题目，估计会在单项选择中出现。考生要做好此类题目的关键是对这类名词短语有一个到位的把握，清楚地知道命题者是要从这个角度进行考查。‎ 预测3：辨析：other，another，others，the other，the others ‎ 预测根据：这几个词的辨析使用及在不同句子中的转换问题是语法上的一个重点和难点，也是高考命题的一个热点，近几年的高考题中频繁出现，估计在考情预测 年高考题中这一要点出现的几率较大。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此要点在单项选择或完形填空题中设题的可能性大。要注意others，the others只能作名词，another，the oth—er可作名词或形容词，other作形容词用，具体语境中要注意这几个词的搭配使用及表达的意义。‎ ‎ 预测4：如何给出建议和劝告 ‎ 预测根据：给出建议和劝告是交际英语的一个重要部分，如何给出建议和劝告是高考交际用语考查的一个重点，估计在考情预测 年高考题中这类题目可能会考查到。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：如何给出建议和劝告的交际用语，会在听力测试或单项选择中进行考查。尤其在听力测试中，要准确听出说话者给出建议和劝告的语气，揣测出说话者要表达的意图。‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的中心话题是“音乐”，包括布鲁斯、爵士乐、摇滚乐、拉丁乐、流行音乐等等。语言技能和语言知识都是依据“音乐”这一中心话题设计的。高考题中以音乐为中心的题，会在完形或阅读当中体现，如：某种音乐的起源及发展史，某位音乐家的成长史及成就等等，此类文章在高考题中出现的几率较大。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎ [备考1]测试考点 5 The result of the experiment is far from ‎ ‎ A. satisfy B. satisfaction C. satisfied D. satisfactory ‎1．D点拨：far from(being)satisfactory远不令人满意。 ‎ ‎ [备考2]测试考点 11 It is that he has escaped from the prison.‎ ‎ A. sure B. certain C. sure of D. sure about ‎2．B点拨：It is certain that…句式中，不可将certain换为sure。 ‎ ‎ [备考3]测试考点10 If I you, I would turn-to her for help.‎ A. am B; was C. be D. were ‎3．D点拨：虚拟语气中，条件句可用一般过去时，主句用过去将来时，第一、三人称单数作主语时，were作谓语。 ‎ ‎ [备考4]测试考点 7 I didn't expect the party like that, but it to be wonderful.‎ A. turned on B. turned up C. turned out D. turned down.‎ ‎4．C点拨：turn out结果……。 ‎ ‎ [备考5]测试考点 4 The experiments failed for" variety of reasons.‎ ‎ A.a B. thc C. / . D. an ‎5．A点拨：a variety of…各种各样的……。 ‎ ‎ [备考6]测试考点 12 - Have you finished your homework yet? No. Ill finish it in ten minutes.‎ ‎ A. another B. other C. more D. lcss ‎6．A 点拨：another ten minutes—ten other/more minutes。 ‎ ‎ [备考7] 测试语法 This is Ted's photo. We miss him a lot. He trying to save a child in the earthquake.‎ ‎ A. killed B. is killed C. was killed D. was killing ‎7．C点拨：过去时的被动形式。 ‎ ‎ [备考8] 测试语法 Rainforests and burned at such a speed that they will disappear from the earth in the near future.‎ ‎ A. cut B. are cut C. are being cut D. had been cut ‎8．c点拨：“雨林正在被砍伐和焚烧”，用现在进行时的被动形式。‎ 第一册 Unit 12 Art and l iterature I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．1iterale 2．exhibit 3．powerful 4．magic/magical 5．treatment 6．announce 7．Characteristic 高考须掌握的短语：1．series 2．in 3．across 4．in 5．around 、‎ Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．power巩能力；力量；权力 eg： Man is the only animal that has the power of speech．人是惟一有说话能力的动物。 You can really feel the power of the sun sitting here．坐在此处，你真能感觉到太阳的力量。 Which political party is in power now?现在哪个政党执政?‎ 相关链接：power station发电厂powerful adj．强有力的用法拓展：be in power执政 come into power上台；执政eg： Davis is a power in this firm=it would be unwise to quarrel with him+戴维斯在公司里是个有势力的人．和他争吵是不明智之举。‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 Many countries are increasing their use of natural gas。wind and other forms of ．‎ ‎ A．energy B．source C．power D．material 考题1-2 (典型例题Electricity，like other forms of ，has greatly increased in price． ‎ A．strength B．force一．Fower D．energy 考题1—1点拨：答案为A。energy活力；能源；source来源；power能力；力量；权力；material材料。天然气，风都属于能源的一种形式．所以选A。 ‎ 考题1—2点拨：答案为D。‎ ‎2．wonder n．奇迹，奇人，故事[c]；惊奇[u]v想知道．纳闷eg：‎ ‎ It is one of the seven wonders of the world．它是世界七大奇迹之一。‎ ‎ 1 wonder whether he wiIl come．我想知道他是否来。‎ 用法拓展：It's a wonder that…奇怪的是……‎ ‎ It’s no，，Iittle wonde r-．．(或No wonder…)难怪……‎ ‎ 1 wonder whether/If…我纳闷是否……‎ ‎ I don't WOnder，/Do you wonder that…?‎ ‎ 我不纳闷……/你纳闷……? eg：‎ ‎ 1 wonder whether(if)he is honest．我纳闷他是否诚实。‎ ‎ Do you wonder that he is honest?‎ ‎ 他是诚实的，你觉得奇怪吗?‎ 考题2-1 ( 典型例题 分 ) She wondered she could have the opportunity to spend here she could learn more about the city.‎ ‎ A. if; sometime; so that ‎ B. how; sometime; so that ‎ C. when; sometimes; that ‎ D. if; some time; so that 考题2-2 (典型例题)--John has got a very good job in the government. he looks so happy.‎ ‎ A. It's natural B. That's because C. No wonder D. As though 考题2～1点拨：答案为D。wonder作动词用于肯定的陈述句中，后接if/whether或特殊疑问词引导的从句，在此how/when句意不成立；some time一段时问；sometime某个时候；some times几次；sometimes有时；so that引导目的状语从句。‎ 考题2～2点拨：答案为C。No wonder．一一It's no wonder,一难怪……。‎ ‎3．treat vt对待；视为；治疗；款待eg： She treats us as/like children．她把我们当小孩看。 Are they able to treat this disease?他们能治这种病吗? lll treat you to fish this evening．今晚我请你吃鱼。‎ 相关链接：treat n．愉快的事；某人请客treatment”．待遇；处理用法拓展：treat sb．as/like…把……当作/像……一样对待 treat sb．to…用某物招待某人be one's treat某人请客 考题3-1 (典型例题 The ticket for the con cert is too expensive,so I will stay at home．‎ ‎ Don't worry．It’s nay ．‎ A．D1easure B．hlck C．treat D．bHsiness 考题3-2 Please come to my birthday party． I’ll treat you a wonderful cake．‎ ‎ A．with B．to C．for D．as 考题3～1点拨：答案为C。It's my treat．由我来请客,从上文看出对方因票价太高，所以打算放弃去听音乐会，所以用“别担心，我请客。”作答。考题3～2点拨：答案为B。treat sb．to．一用……招待某人。 ‎ 二、重点短语 ‎4．in trouble处于困境．有麻烦 eg：A person with good mallners wi1l never laugh at people when they are in trouble．一个有礼貌的人绝不会嘲笑身处困境的人。‎ 用法拓展：与trouble有关的习语：ask for trouble自找麻烦 ‎ have trouble(in)domg sth．/with sth．做某事有困难 ‎ get into trouble陷入困境iliake trouble制造麻烦 ‎ take trouble to do sth．不辞劳苦干某事 save/spare trouble省事 ‎ put sb．to troubk给某人添麻烦 ‎ put sb．to the trouble of doing st’h．麻烦某人做某事 考题4-1 (典型例题)The guide was familiar with this area, so we had little trouble his home.‎ ‎ A. find B. found C. to find D. finding 考题4-2 (典型例题 分) Im sorry to have put you to trouble of changing it for me.‎ ‎ A. a B. / C. the D. some 考题4-1点拨：答案为D。have little trouble(in)doing sth．干某事没有多少困难。‎ 考题4-2点拨：答案为C。put sb．to the trouble of doing sth．使某人陷入做某事的麻烦之中。特别提醒：put sb．to trouble中 trouble前无冠词。‎ ‎5．Collie across偶然遇见；碰上eg：‎ ‎ I came across an old frl‘end of mine on my way home．‎ ‎ 在回家的路上，我偶然遇见我的一位老朋友。‎ 相关链接：表示“偶然遇见”，可用以下形式表达：meet with happen to meet meet…by chante run across rtlrlinto用法拓展：come about发生come to达到；恢复知觉 come out出现；(真相)大白；出版．公布：褪色；花开 come up发芽；发生；被提出 考题5-1 (典型例题 分 ) How did it that he was hurt so seriously?‎ ‎ A. come up B. come across C. come about D. come out 考题5-2 The plan at the meeting was practical.‎ ‎ A. come up B. came up C. coming up D. comes up 考题5—1点拨：答案为C。How does it come about that…?……是怎样发生的?‎ 考题5-2点拨：答案为c。come up在此句中表示“被提出”，本身表被动．是不及物动词词组，coming up修饰the plan，句意为：“在会议上被提出的那个计划切实可行。” ·‎ ‎6．$ound like听起来像eg： What he said sounded like a good idea．他所说的听起来像个好主意。‎ 用法拓展：look like看起来像 smoll I like闻起来像taste like尝起来像 feel like想要；摸起来像特别提醒：sound，look，smell，feel，taste为系动词，后面可跟形容词，名词，介词短语作其表语。系动词不能用于被动语态。‎ 考题6-1…Do you like the materlal? Yes．It very soft．‎ ‎ A．is feeling B．felt C．feels D．is felt 考题6-2(典型例题It a good idea to sdend our weekend to gether with Grandma．‎ ‎ A．was sounded B．was sounded like C．sounded like D．sound like ‎ 考题6—1点拨：答案为c。feel表示“摸起来”时，用作系动词，后加soft作表语，不用于进行时或被动语态。‎ 考题6—2点拨：答案为c。sound like听起来像，like是介词，后接名词，sound和sound like均不能用于被动句。D项错在时态和人称上。 ‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎7．本单元的日常交际用语是“作出决定”及“给出意见”(makmg decisions and giving opi nions)，其常用句型有：‎ I have made up my mind... In my opinion, you should... I think you'd better/yon should... Have you decided how to do ‎ it/what to do... ?‎ 考题7-1 (典型例题)--When shall we meet, at 6:00 or at 6:30? ‎ ‎ A. At any time B. You make the time C. Well, either time will do D. Any time is OK 考题7-2 (典型例题 分 )--How would you like your coffee?‎ ‎ A. It's well done B. Very nice. Thank you C. One cup. That's enough D. The stronger, the better 考题7—1点拨：答案为C。从at 6：00。r at 6：30可看出是在两者之间作决定，well，either time will do．“噢，两个时间哪个都行。”‎ 考题7—2点拨：答案为D。句意为：“你喜欢怎么喝咖啡?”“越浓越好，。”‎ 四、重点句型 ‎ ‎ 8．such…that，So．一that．一如此……以至于…… eg：He is sueh a kind man that we a11 like him．=He is so kind a man that we all like him．他是一个如此善良的人以至于我们都喜欢他。‎ ‎ such是形容词，修饰后面的名词；so是副词，修饰后面的形容词或副词。‎ 考题8-1 (典型例题)Can you be-lieve that in a rich country there should be many poor people?‎ ‎ A. such; such B. such; so C. so; so D. so; such 考题8-2 His speech made deep impression on. the audience that they could hardly forget it.‎ ‎ A. such B. so C. so a D. such a 考题8—1点拨：答案为B。such a rich country，运用了such+a+adj．+单数名词搭配；so many poor people运用了so+many+复 数名词搭配。‎ 考题8—2点拨：答案为D .impression是可数名词，make a deep impression on…给……留下深刻印象，deep修饰了impression，such是形容词，修饰中心词impression。 ‎ ‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎ 9．believe in，beIieve 相关链接：believe in表示“信任；信仰，赞成”。 eg：‎ ‎ You can believe in hira；hei1 never let you down．‎ ‎ 你可以信任他，他不会让你失望的。‎ ‎ believe表示“相信(某人所说的话或某事是真的)”。 eg：‎ ‎ I don't be“leve him．There is no SUCh thing in the world．‎ ‎ 我不相信他所说的，世界上没有这样的事。‎ 考题9 He is a good natured person and I him．but I didn't what he said at the meetmg yesterday． ‎ ‎ A．beleve；believe B．believe；believe in C．belleve in；believe D．believe in；believe in 考题9点拨：答案为C。句意为：“他是个品质好的人．我信任他，但我不相信昨天他在会议上所说的话(是真的)。”‎ ‎10. habit, custom 相关链接：habit指个体的习惯、习性；custom多指一个国家、‎ ‎ 民族或群体的“风俗，习俗”。 eg：‎ ‎ It’s a bad habit to smoke．吸烟是不好的习惯。‎ ‎ It is a custom for faml’lies to get together during Chrlstmas．‎ ‎ 圣诞节期间家人团聚是一种习俗。‎ 考题10(典型例题)It's a in America to fix a time before seeing a doctor.‎ ‎ A. sense B. habit C. act D. practice 考题10点拔：答案为D。sense感觉；habit个体的习惯；act行动；practice惯例。句意为：“在美国看病之前约定时间是一种惯例。”‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 ‎ 定语从句在前面已经详细讲过，这里着重讲一下介词+关系代词引导的定语从句。介词十关系代词引导的定语从句 ‎ 本单元讲的是介词+whom/wh；ch弓J导的定语从句。当关系代词在从句中作介词的宾语时，也就是由于意义或结构上(动词与介词及形容词与介词搭配)的需要，关系代词要带一个介词。介词可以放在whom，which之前，也就是放在从句句首。介词也可以放在从句中原来的位置，也就是从句的后面。如“这是你花大价钱买的计算机吗?”我们可用以下形式：①Is this the computer for which you paid ‎ a high price?②Is this the computer you paid a high price for?③Is this the computer which you paid a high price for?④Is this the computer that you paid a high price for? 注意：(1)如果把介词提前，关系代词必须保留，而且只能用正式的宾格形式whom或which，不能用that。(2)如果把介词放在从句后面，关系代词whom，which，that大多数情况下可以省略。(3)如果是含有介词的短语动词，不可拆开，不能将介词放在关系代词之前。 eg： Is this the boy whom you are looking after?这就是你正在照看的孩子吗?(4)引导定语从句的关系副词when，where，why，how，它们的含义也相当于一个介词+ which。‎ 考题 The two t himgs they felt very proud were Jim's gold watch and Della's hair． ‎ A. about which B. of which C. in which D. for which 考题点拨：答案为B。be proud of sth．以……而感到骄傲，此题以things作先行词，在后面的定语从句中充当of的宾语，紧跟介词这之后，关系代词用which。‎ Ⅳ．专题探究由点及面 由表及里 ‎ 专题探究：‎ ‎ 专题详解：‎ ‎ 在英语学习中，“It be…+从句”的句型被广泛使用，归纳起来主要有以下八种用法：‎ ‎ (一)It be+…who/that(强调句)‎ ‎ 句型结构为：h is/was+被强调部分+关系子句。被强调部分可为：主语、宾语、状语(表示时间或地点)等。 eg：I met an old friend of mine in the street yesterday．我昨天在街上碰到了我的一个老朋友。‎ ‎ A．It was 1 who/that met an old friend of mine in the street yesterday．昨天是我在街上碰到了我的一个老朋友。‎ ‎ (强调人称主语时，用who比that更规范，后者较口语化。)‎ ‎ B．It was an old friend of mine whom/that I met in the street yesterday．昨天我在街上碰到的是我的一个老朋友。‎ ‎ (强调宾语时，关系代词用whom，用that也可以，但较口语化。) ‎ ‎ C．It was in the street that I met an old friend of mine yesterday．‎ ‎ (强调地点状语)昨天我是在街上碰到了我的一个老朋友。‎ ‎ D．It was yesterday that I met an old friend of mine in the street．‎ ‎ (强调时间状语)我是昨天在街上碰见了我的一个老朋友。‎ ‎ 另外，原句中有not…until否定结构时。强调句为：It is/was not until…that… eg：Mr Williams didn't know anything about it until I told him．威廉姆斯先生直到我告诉他，他才知道这事。强调状语部分，可以改写为：It was not until I told him that Mr Williams knew anything about it．‎ ‎ 注意：否定词not提到前面后，关系子句中要还原肯定的意思。‎ ‎ (二)It be…+since…‎ ‎ 在该句型中，since引导的从句动词可以用过去时、现在完成时和过去完成时。‎ ‎ be动词可以是：is/was/has been。 eg：‎ ‎ It has been only twenty-five years since television came to control ‎ Americansiree time．自从电视控制美国人的空闲时间以来仅有二十五年。‎ ‎ lt was long since I had last seen her．/It’s many years since we ‎ first met．从我最后一次见到她已有很长时间。/从我们第一次见面以来已有许多年了。‎ ‎ (三)It be…+before…‎ ‎ before一词作连词时在以下句子中有不同的意义：‎ ‎ 1．Look before you leap．在……之前跳之前看一看 ‎2．Before I could 9rotest，he ran away．不等……就不等我抗议，他就跑了。‎ ‎3．It was a long time before I got to sleep again．……(之后)才过了很长时间我才再次睡着。‎ ‎4．It wasn't long before he told us about his story．……(不多久)就没过多久他就告诉了我们他的故事。‎ ‎ 例3和例4中before的含义及句型常为测试重点，学习者要学会使用，并且牢固掌握。(四)It be…+when… 在该结构中，作为关系副词的when引导限制性定语从句。 eg： It was about half past eleven when it happened．事情发生时大约是十一点半。 It was not until about 1 600BC when the chariot was invented tl'mt the maximum speed was raised to roughly twenty miles per hour．直到公元前1600年战车被发明时，最快速度才被提升为每小时二十英里。(五)It is not+that…，but+(that)… It is not that we are more eager or less lazy than our antes— tors，but(that)we have，with the passage of time，invented all sorts of social devices to hasten the process．不是因为我们比我们的祖先更渴望或更勤劳，而是因为随着时间的流逝，我们发明了各种各样的社会装置来促进这一过程。句中that作连词，意思相当于because。 eg： It was not a question now how much money I should have left over for the rest of the month，but whether I had enough to pay the bill．·现在的问题不是我应该为这个月剩余的日子留多少钱，而是我是否有足够的钱付账单。此句中not…but意为“不是……而是”。but前后连接的从句，即： how much money I should have left over for ‎ the rest of the month和whether l had enough to pay the bill是真正意义上的主语。(六)It be+形容词/过去分词/名词+由that引导的主语从句此类句型学生比较熟悉。 eg：‎ ‎ It is noW thought that…(一Now people thought that．．：)‎ ‎ It has been found that…(一People have found that…)‎ ‎ 括号前的句型往往比括号中的句型更地道。(七)It be+形容词/过去分词+由that以外的连接词引导的主语从句 ‎ 该句型中it为形式主语，真正的主语为后面的从句。 eg： It is not known whether agreements have been reached at the meeting．在会议上是否达成了共识并不知道。‎ It was not reported how many people were inj ured in the traffic accident．没有报道有多少人在这次交通事故中受伤。 It hasn't been discovered what kind of virus causes the disease．哪一种病毒导致了这种疾病尚未被发现。在以上例句中，为避免头重脚轻．主语从句放在后面。(八)It be true that…，but…‎ 该句型也可以简写为：“True that…．but…”，其意义等同于：“Although it be true…”。 eg： It's true that we don't agree on many things．but we have re— mained faithful friends．(一Although it's true that we 4on't agree on many things．we have remained faithful friends．)虽然我们在很多事情上意见不同这一点是真的，但我们仍是忠实的朋友。 It's true that we have made great success．but we mustn't be con ceited．(一Although it's true that we have made great success，we mustn't be conceited．)虽然我们已取得巨大成功这一点是事实，但我们必须不能骄傲。 ‎ 注意：It's true that…经常和连词but连用。 ．以上是对“It be…+从句”句型的归纳。如果能用心总结所学知—识，使其系统化．并进行逻辑记忆，往往会取得事半功倍的效果。‎ V 考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点 2 (典型例题 He hasn't slept at all for three days. he is tired out.‎ ‎ A. There is no point B. There is no need C. It is no wonder D. It is no way ‎1．c 点拨：It's no wonder…难怪……。句意为：“他三天根本没睡觉，难怪他疲惫不堪。” ‎ 回顾2 测试语法 (典型例题He was educated at a local grammar school, he went on to Cambridge,‎ ‎ A. from which B. after that C. after which D. from this ‎2．c点拨：此题考查介词+关系代词引导的定语从句。句意：他在当地一所学校上的学．之后去了剑桥。 ‎ 回顾3 测试语法 (典型例题he schools themselves ad- mit that not all children will be successful in the jobs ‎ ‎ they are being trained.‎ ‎ A. in that B. for that C. in which D. for which ‎3．D点拨：定语从句中that一般不与介词搭配．由句意可知应选D。‎ Ⅳ．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 ‎ 预测1：wonder+宾语从句句型 ‎ 预测根据：wonder"纳闷；想知道”后接宾语从句时，要根据不同的句型选取不同的连词，肯定句中用whether，if引导，否定或疑问句中用that引导，这是高考考查的一个重点句型。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：wonder后接宾语从句句型的考查通常会在单项选择或短文改错中进行，考生务必清楚此句型的搭配。‎ ‎ 预测2：It’s no wonder(…)句型 ‎ 预测根据：在口语中表示“难怪(……)八……)不足为奇”时．用It's no wonder(…)表示，这是常用的口语，也是近几年高考考查的一个热点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：此句型会设置在单项选择的交际用语部分或置于听力部分进行考查．可直接表达为No wonder…要引起我们的注意。‎ ‎ 预测3：名词power的用法 ‎ 预测根据：名词power可活用作形容词．修饰后面的另一个名词，如power station“发电站”。power与energy．force，strength等名词的辨析对考生来说也是一个难点，而高考考题关于power这个单词的考查在这两点上设置题目的可能性最大。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：对名词power的考查，大都会设在单项选择上， 且在power与其他几个词的辨析上设置题目。 ‎ ‎ 预测4：对定语从句的考查 ‎ 预测根据：在高中阶段的学习中，定语从句的用法把握对学生来说也是一个重点和难点，高考题中对定语从句的考查每年都有．考情预测 年高考英语对定语从句的考查将继续设题。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：对定语从句的考查的题目会设置在单项选择或完形填空方面。‎ ‎ 预测5：话题预测 本单元的中心话题是“艺术与文学”，具体涉及绘画、电影、戏剧、音乐、小说等内容，语言知识教学和语言技能训练都是围绕这些话题展开的。考情预测 年高考可能会在阅读理解中涉及此类话题，在书面表达中出现此类话题的可能性较大，如让考生设计一场电影或音乐会的海报。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎ [备考1]测试考点1 He is a person full of _ _‎ ‎ A. force B. power C. energy D. source ‎1．c点拨：full of energy精力充沛，在句子中充当了person的后置定语。 ‎ ‎ [备考2]测试考点 2 He is'clever and works very. hard. he has got the first prize in the competition.‎ ‎ A. It's a wonder B. I wonder C. No wonder D. As if ‎2．C点拨：No wonder…一It's no wonder…难怪……;(……)不足为奇。 ‎ ‎ [备考3]测试考点 4 You can't imagine the trouble that he had the job.‎ ‎ A. to finish B. finished C. finishing D. having finished ‎3．c点拨：考查句式have trouble doing sth．“干某事有困难”,trouble充当imagine的宾语，that作关系代词，指代trouble， 充当had的宾语。所以后面要加doing形式。句意为：“你想像不出他完成这项工作的困难。” ‎ ‎[备考4]测试考点 6 After "the meeting, I felt like ,to breathe in fresh air.‎ ‎ A. go out B. to go out C. going out D. went out ‎4.C点拨：feel like doing想要干……。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点 8 I can't understand why little ani-mals can eat much rice.‎ ‎ A. so; so B. such; so C. so; such D. such; such ‎5．B点拨：such little animals这么小的动物，such是形容词，修饰中心词animals，so much。rice这么多的米，so是副词，修饰形容词much，much修饰rice。‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点 7 --I don't have any change with me. Will you pay the fare for me? ___‎ ‎ A. That's fine B. Nothing serious C. Never mind D. No problem ‎6．D点拨：这是一句交际用语，句意为：“我身上没带零钱，你能为我付费吗?”没问题。”‎ ‎ [备考7]测试语法 Many people who had seen the film were afraid to go to the forest when they remembered the scenes ‎ people were eaten by the tiger.‎ ‎ A. that B. by which C. which D. in which ‎7．D点拨：空格处应填入定语从句的引导词，句意为；“peoplewere eaten b)r the tiger in the scene'’，所以与in搭配，选D。‎ 第一册 Unit 13 Healthy eating I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．examination 2．energetic 3．chemical 4．sleep；sleep 5．taste 6．Mix 高考须掌握的短语：1．junk 2．to 3．of 4．with 5．make 6．for 7．then 8．up Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．fjt adj．健康的；适合的eg： Jogglng can help you keep fit．慢跑有助于保持身体健康。 She is not a fit person to be in charge of sinail children．她不是适合看管小孩子的人。‎ 相关链接：fit v．适合；装配，安装eg：‎ ‎ This dress doesnt fit me．这件衣服不适合我。‎ ‎ we're having new locks filtted on all the doors．我们正在给每道门装上新锁。用法拓展：keep fit保持健康be fil to do sth．适合干某事be fit for sth：适合某事特别提醒：“It flted/fit—fitted/fit的反义词是unfit 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1-1 (典型例题分)His great height fitted him basketball games.‎ ‎ A. to B. for C. With D. by 考题1-2 . He runs 3 miles every morning, that's why he's so ‎ ‎ A. fit B. fits C. fitted D. fitting 考题1—1点拨：答案为B。sth．fit sb．for sth．/to do sth．某事使某人适合某事/适合干某事。句意为：“他身材高大，适合参加篮球运动。”‎ 考题1—2点拨：答案为A。fit adj．健康的；适合的；fitted adj．定做的；fitting adj．恰当的；得体的。句意为：“他每天早晨跑三英里，因此才那么健康。”‎ ‎2．gain vt．增加；获得eg：‎ ‎ Im new in the job，but Im already gaming experience．‎ ‎ 在这个工作上我是生手，但我已开始有经验了。‎ ‎ The car gained speed as it went down the hill．‎ ‎ 这部车下山坡时速度增加了。‎ 相关链接：gain．增加；获益No pains，no gains．不劳无获。用法拓展：gain a prize获奖 gain a reputation获得声誉 gain speed加速gain time时间走得快gain welght增加体重 考题2-1 (典型例题My watch__ five minutes a day, so I have to set it hack.‎ ‎ A. gains B. wins C. gets D. loses 考题2-2 (典型例题)We were wild with joy at the news that our team the football match.‎ ‎ A. had gained B. had won C. had beaten D. had defeated 考题2—1点拨：答案为A。根据句中set it back“调回”，可知表走快了，所以选gain。gain time表示(钟表)时间走得快，反义词词组为lose time。‎ 考题2—2点拨：答案为_R。gain‘可表示“获得、赢得”，也可表示“增加、改善”。如果后面宾语是the war/battle/game/match/race/ argument等词时，用win而不用gain。句意为：“我们听到我们的球队赢了那场足球赛时欣喜若狂。”‎ ‎3．hurt v．使疼痛；感到疼痛 n．疼痛eg：‎ ‎ The new shoes hurt me．穿这双新鞋我脚疼。‎ ‎ His injured left leg st．11 hurts．他受伤的左腿还在疼。．‎ ‎ This failure was a great hurt to me．这次失败对我来说是一种巨大的痛苦。‎ 相关链接：hurt adj．受伤的 a hurt arm受伤的手臂 hurt feelings受伤的感情用法拓展：get hurt受伤(可指身体上或情感上) ．‎ ‎ It won't hurt sb．/sth．………对某人/某物没有害处。‎ 考题3 (典型例题) It won't you to change the plan now. You know, it is not practical.‎ ‎ A. wound B. pain C. hurt D. get hurt 考题3点拨：答案为c。It won't hurt sb．to do sth．干某事对某人没有害处。句意为：“现在改变计划对你没害处，你知道，这个计划是不切实际的。”‎ 二、重点短语 ‎ ‎4．oughtto应当；应该 eg：‎ ‎ we rea’lly ought to buy a new car，oughtn't we?我们真该买一部新车，对不对?‎ ‎ The old coat ought to have been thrown away years ago．这件旧大衣好几年前就该扔掉了。‎ 用法拓展：(1)ought to是情态动词词组，后接动词原形，疑问句是把ought提前，否定句在ought后加not。‎ ‎ (2)a．Ight to可表示责任或义务．有时表示劝说。 eg：‎ ‎ You oughtn't to go out to play before finishing your homework． 没完成作业，你不该出去玩。 ‎ ‎ (3)ought to可表示推测。 eg： ‎ ‎ The new coat ought to be ready on Thursday．新大衣应该在周四能准备好。(4)ought to have done本应该做某事却没做。 eg：‎ ‎ I ought to have helped him。but 1 wasn't able to．． 我本应该帮他，但我帮不了。‎ ‎ (5)oughtn't to have done本不应该做某事却做了。 eg： ‎ ‎ You oughtn't to have spoken to him in that way．你本不应该那样对他讲话。‎ 考题4-1 (典型例题Our house is on the top of the hill, and in winter the winds be pretty cold.‎ ‎ A. must B. ought to C. can D. need 考题4-2 (典型例题--Has the doctor arrived yet? ‎ ‎ No, she an hour ago.‎ ‎ A. has to come B. ought to have come C. should come D. used to come 考题4-3 (典型例题 分)You this morning if you really wan-ted to see it yourself.‎ ‎ A. ought to come B. could come C. ought to have come D. must have come 考题4—1点拨：答案为C。must必须，一定；ought ‎ to应当，应该；can会，有时会；need需要。句意为：“我们的房子在山顶上，所以在冬天风有时候会很冷。”can在此表示“有时候会”，而ought to仅表示“应当，应该”。考题4—2点拨：答案为B。ought to have come本应该来到但实际上却没有，表示过去应该做却没做的事，含有责备语气。考题4—3点拨：答案为C。原因同4—2。‎ ‎5．plenty of许多；大量的eg：‎ ‎ There is plenty of rain in the area of the country．这个国家的这个地区雨水充足。‎ ‎ There are plenty o(chairs for each guest to have one．‎ ‎ 有足够多的凳子能让每位客人拥有一个。‎ 用法拓展：表示“多”这一概念并用来修饰可数名词的词组有：many/a great (good)many/many a/dozens of/scores of/hundreds of/thousands of/ millions of/bIllions of/a large number of ‎ 用来修饰不可数名词的词组有：mnch/a great(good)deal of a large amount of/large amounts of ‎ 既可修饰可数名词，又可修饰不可数名词的词组有：‎ ‎ a lot of/lots of/plenty 6fJ/piles of/a 1arge quantity of/large quantities of 考题5-1 (典型例题) It was once reported that whales came to the coast to die together.‎ ‎ A. score of B. a good many C. a great deal of D. a large number 考题5-2 (典型例题 分)--Is there rain in your country? ‎ ‎ No. So crops don't grow well and we have to bring in some advanced machines to in-crease rainfall.‎ ‎ A. a lot of B. lots of C. enough D. plenty of 考题5—1点拨：答案为B。whales是可数名词的复数形式，不能用a great deal of来修饰，A、D项的正确表达应是scores of，a large number of，所以用a good many来修饰whales。考题5—2点拨：答案为c。a lot of/lots of/plenty of后可接可数或不可数名词，但通常不用于否定句和疑问句中，在否定句和疑问 白巾常用enouih/much/many等替代． ‎ ‎6．keep up with不落在……后面，跟上eg： He walked so fast that she couldn't keep up with him．他走得很快，使她无法跟上。用法拓展：keep up(使……)居高不下；持续不停 考题6 (典型例题) Will the fine weather ?‎ ‎ --Yes, I hope so.‎ ‎ A. keep up B. keep C. keep on D. keep up with 考题6点拨：答案为A。keep up持续不停；keep可以作不及物动词，但在此句中意思不成立．keep on doing继续干某事；keep up with不落在……后面，跟上。 ‎ ‎7．HoW and then时而；不时；偶尔 eg：I don't think about my horrletown very mueh，only HoW and then．我不十分想念家乡，只是偶尔想想。‎ 相关链接：now and again偶尔；有时 ‎ every now and then/again偶尔；有时 ‎ a littk now and then/again偶尔；有时 考题7 (典型例题)We were good friends when living in that small" village, and now we keep in touch with each other by E mail ‎ ‎ A. by and by B. more or less C. now and then D. step by step 考题7点拨：答案为C。by and by不久以后；more or less差不多，或多或少；now and then时而，不时,step by step逐渐地。句意为“当我们住在那座小村子时，我们是好朋友，现在我们偶尔通过E-mail保持联系。”‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎8．本单元的语言交际是“Seeing the doetor'’，注意学会医生及病人常用句的表达。‎ ‎ Patient ‎ Doctor ‎ Ive got a pare here． There is something wrong with… I don't feel welI．‎ ‎ Lie down and let me examine you． Let me have a loo k Where does it hurt?‎ ‎ Drink plenty of water and get some rest．‎ 考题8-1 ( 典型例题 分) Mum, Ive cut my finger. It's bleed ng! _‎ ‎ a. Let me see B. Don't worry C. Be careful D. Let me have a look 考题8-2 (典型例题分) You don't look very well, Mr Baker. Is anything wrong? __‎ ‎ A. Yes, I have B. Thank you C. I have a headache D. "Fhere is something ‎ 考题8—1点拨：答案为D。A项Let me see．是“让我想一．想”的意思，不合题意。B项Don't worry．“别担心。”应在看了孩子受伤情况后讲；C项Be careful．“小心。”应在孩子准备做事之前讲，在此显然不合情理。孩子伤了手指，母亲说：“让我看看(I．et me have a loo k)。”是一个自然的答语。 考题8—2点拨：答案为C。根据问句1s anything wrong?“怎么啦?”可知答语应选C。’‎ 四、重点句型 ‎9．We had better learn to make the right choices about what and how we eat．‎ ‎ 我们最好学会正确选择吃什么和怎样吃。‎ 相关链接：had better do;sth．最好去做某事，否定形式为had better not do sth．‎ ‎ 最好不要做某事，否定或疑问形式借助于had，在口语中可以出现Better do sth．/Better not do sth．最好干/最好别干某事。‎ 考题9 You'd better __ instead of doing nothing.‎ ‎ A. doing something B. do something C. do anything D. not to do anything 考题9点拨：答案为B。had better后接动词原形，可排除A、D项，句意为：“你最好做些事情而不要无所事事。，，‎ ‎10．only in that way wiIl we be ready for the challenges and Opportunities in Iife．‎ ‎ 只有用那种方式我们才会为生活中的挑战和机会做好准备。‎ 用法拓展：以副词only+介词短语/副词/状语从句开头的句子，主句用部分倒装的形式。 eg：only in this way can you work it out．只有用这种方式你才能解决这个问题。 only when one is away from home does one realize how nice home is．‎ ‎ 只有当一个人离开家时他才会意识到家有多么美好。‎ ‎ Only then did he come to know he was wrong．‎ ‎ 到那时他才开始知道自己错了。‎ 考题10 ( 典型例题 分 ) Only when possible to settle the problem.‎ ‎ A. does the chief editor come will it be ‎ B. the chief editor comes will it be ‎ C. has the chief editor come it will be ‎ D. the chief editor comes it will be 考题10点拨：答案为B。only+when引导的时间状语从句中，when引导的从句用陈述语序，后面的主句要用倒装形式。句意为“只有当主编回来，这个问题才可能解决。”‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎11．fit，suit 这两个词都可表示“适合，合适”。fit强调大小方面的适合，可引申为“吻合”；suit强调颜色、款式的适合，还可表示时间、条件等的适合。 eg：The coat doesn't fit me．It is too large．这件外套不适合我，它太大了。The coat doesn't suit me．It is too bright．这件外套不适合我，它太鲜艳了。‎ 是表语形容词，通常作后置定语，习惯上用fast/sound进行修饰，不用 very修饰。 eg： Im sleepy and ld like to go to bed．我很困，想去睡觉。 Please wake the sleeping boy up．请把那个正在睡觉的孩子叫醒。 ． He fell asleep as soon as he got into bed．他一上床就睡着了。 He's fast/sound asleep—don't wake him up．他睡得很熟/香——别吵醒他。‎ 考题11 (典型例题 分)ld invite you to my home for dinner. Does Saturday evening you?‎ ‎ A. fit B. fit for C. suit D. suitahle for 考题11点拨：答案为c。B、D项排除的原因是没有系动词be，A项中的fit不能用于时间方面的适合，suit可用于时间方面的适合。‎ ‎12．sIeepy，sleeping，asieep sleepy表示“有困意的，想睡觉的”，sleeping表示“正在睡觉的”，asleep 考题12 Please be quiet. The little boy-is asleep in bed.‎ A. much B..very C. sound D. well 考题12点拨：答案为c。asleep是表语形容词，不用very、much等修饰，而习惯上用fast、sound等修饰，表示“酣睡”。‎ ‎13．a bit．a little a bit一点儿。与a little同义，而a little可作形容词，直接修饰不可数名词，但a bit 不能作形容词．后须加of+不可数名词。There's little milk in the bottle．瓶子里还有一点儿牛奶。I have a bit of advice to tell you．我有一点儿劝告要给你讲。‎ 用法拓展：not a bit一点儿也不not a little非常，很．eg： Im not a bit tired．我一点儿也不累。 Im not a little tired．我非常累。‎ 考题13(典型例题)Mary was not frightened; in fact, she was nearly frightened to death.‎ ‎ A. a bit B. at all C. a little D. much 考题13点拨：答案为c。not a bit一点儿也不，not a little非常，很。句意为：“玛丽非常害怕，事实上．她差点被吓死。”‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 ‎ 情态动词(一)had better，should，ought to的用法 ‎ 1．had better表示“最好……”,用于向别人提出建议或表明自己的主张、看法，其后接不带to的不定式，否定形式为had better not。 eg：‎ ‎ You'd better get some resI．你最好休息一下。‎ ‎ You'd better not eat fruit that isn't ripe．你最好别吃没有熟的水果。‎ ‎ 2．should的用法总结如下：‎ ‎ 用法 ‎ 例句 表示应该做，且有一种道义的责任，也可表示劝告、建议。‎ I should help him because he is in trouble noW．我应该帮助他因为他现在正处于困境中。‎ Now you know what you should do．现在你知道该做什么了吧。‎ 表示推测，但可能性较小。‎ They should be back by noW,他们现在应该回来了。‎ 表示说话人惊奇、失望、忧虑、惋惜、愤怒、欢欣等情绪。’‎ It's unfair that they should treat black people like that!他们竟然那样对待黑人，真是不公平!‎ 后接不定式的完成式，用于肯定句中表示应该做某事却没做；用于否定句中。表示不该做某事却做了。‎ You should have helped each other．你们本应该互相帮助。‎ We shouldn't have bought the IBM PC586．我们本不应该买IBM PC586电脑的。‎ 表示委婉、谦逊。‎ I should think so．我可是这样想的。‎ You are，mistaken，I should say．据我看，你可搞错了。‎ 后接不定式的进行式，表示 对正在进行的行为的看法。‎ He should be wai。。ting for them at the gate．他总该 在门口等他们吧。‎ 用于疑问句中，表示惊讶、‎ 难以相信或不应该的事。‎ Should she do such a thing?她会做这种事吗?How should I know?我怎么会知道?(意为：我 不知道。)‎ ‎3．ought to的用法总结如下：‎ ‎ 用法 ‎ 例句 表示责任或义务，有时表示劝诫。‎ You ought to finish your work before you go home．你应该在回家前把工作做完。‎ I ought to go home．I have to cook supper for my grandmother．我该回家了。我得为我奶奶做晚饭。‎ 表示推测。 ‎ Look at the sky——it ought to be a fine afternoon．看看天——下午一定很晴朗。‎ You have practised for a long time．There ought to be nodifficulty for you．你练了很久，该不会有困难了。‎ 后接不定式的进行式，表示对正在进行的行为的看法。‎ We ought to be making preparations for the meeting now．我们现在应该做开会的准备了。‎ You ought to be saving money．你该存些钱。‎ 后接不定式的完成式，用在肯定句中表示对过去发生动作的推测或表示过去应该做而未做的事，常含有责 备的语气；用在否定句中，表示过去不应该做某事却做了。‎ I ought to have helped them，but 1 wasn't able to我本来应该帮助他们的，但我帮不了。‎ You oughtn't to have spoken to．them in that way．你不应该对他们那样讲话。‎ 考题1 ( 典型例题 分 )--Why ask the teacher to explain the problem?‎ ‎ -- I think to work it out by ourselves.‎ ‎ A. not; better B, don't we; it better C, do you not; us better D, don't you; we'd better 考题2 (典型例题 分) Jenny have kept her word. I won- der why she changed her mind.‎ ‎ A. must B. should C. need D. would 考题3 ( 典型例题分 ) It's nearly midnight o'clock. Mary be at home at any moment.‎ ‎ A. must B. need C. should D. ought 考题4 (典型例题) You ought to have made an apology to Mary last night.‎ ‎ --Yes, I know I ‎ ‎ A. ought to B. have to C. should have D. must have 考题1点拨：答案为B。就第一空来说，选A、B、D都正确，但就第二空来说，it为形式主语，better是宾语补足语，后面的不定式短语才是真正的宾语。 ‎ 考题2点拨：答案为B。should have done本应该做某事却没做;must have done肯定做了某事；need have done本需要做某事却没做；would have done本要做某事却没做。句意为：“詹妮本应该信守诺言的，我不知她为什么改变了主意。”‎ 考题3点拨；答案为c。should表“(按常规/常理推测)应该”。 ‎ 考题4点拨：答案为C。should have是should have made an apology to Mary的省略形式，相当于ought to have(made an apology ‎ toMary)。句意为：“你本应该昨晚向玛丽道教的。是的，我本应该那样做。”‎ IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：专题详解：‎ 如何提高英语听力能力，是很多学生都想了解并解决的问题。听力技巧因人而异，但以下问题应是关键所在：‎ ‎1．要有良好的心理状态 实践证明，心理因素对听力影响至关重要。首先要充满信心，心态平稳不带任何心理包袱，有助于发挥自己的最大潜能。在任何情况下都要心态平和，急躁是听力的大忌。特别是对于中下水平的学生，容易陷入一种恶性循环：未听之前先担心，然后注意力分散听不懂，听不懂就急躁，急躁就会漏掉听力的关键内容，最后导致听力考试失败。实际上．所听内容有些与答题无关，听不懂也不影响答题。因此，听力考试中一定要调整好心态，切忌因为个别词语而放弃全篇。．‎ ‎2．了解常见的提问方式 ‎ 听力试题常在以下几个方面设问。‎ ‎ (1)询问谈话地点或其他地点。 eg：‎ ‎①Where are the two speakers?‎ ‎②Where does this conversation take place?‎ ‎③Where is the woman going?‎ ‎④Where .is the cinema?‎ ‎⑤Where did this conversation most probably take place?‎ ‎(2)询问事件发生的时间。 eg：‎ ‎①What time does the train leave?‎ ‎②When should Susan go to meet Professor Brown?‎ ‎③On which day will the Japanese Music Concert be held?‎ ‎④At what time does the train to'Leeds leave?‎ ‎(3)询问发生的事件。 eg：‎ ‎①What are the two speakers doing?‎ ‎②What has John promised to do?‎ ‎③What happened in the west?‎ ‎④What did Paul do this morning?‎ ‎⑤What has Nancy agreed to do with Bob next Saturday?‎ ‎(4)询问数字、号码，有时需要计算。 eg：‎ ‎①What is Tom's telephone number?‎ ‎②What is the woman's house number?‎ ‎(5)推理判断。 eg：‎ ‎ ①Why is the man unhappy about their weekends? ‎ ‎ ②Why are many roads closed in the north?‎ ‎ ③What can we learn about the man from the conversation?‎ ‎④Why does Tom ask Sally and John to call him?‎ ‎ ⑤Why can't the man turn left?‎ ‎ ⑥What is the relationship between the two speakers?‎ ‎ ⑦Which of the following words best describes the day the speaker had?‎ ‎3．在听之前预测内容 听之前快速浏览题干和选项，能够大致预测要听的内容，比如谈话双方的身份、地点等。要善于利用各段落之间的停顿时间，最大限度地捕捉信息，带着问题去听，这样有助于听时抓住重点。‎ ‎4．抓住重点和关键词、句 ‎ 浏览题干和选项内容，想一想重点要听哪些内容，比如姓名、地点、数字、日期和事件等。 eg：‎ Where did this conversation most probably take place? ‎ A. At a concert. B. At a flower shop. C. At a restaurant.‎ 听力原文：‎ M:The music and flowers are lovely. ‎ W:-Yes. I hope the food is good. too.‎ 若能抓住关键词food，便能准确选择C项。‎ ‎ 有时需要注意重读、连续、弱读及失去爆破等现象。请看下题：‎ Howmany people are there in the man's family? ‎ A. Four. B. Five. C. At least six.‎ 听力原文: ‎ W: How many people are there in your family? ‎ M: Besides my parents and me, theres my brother and my sisters.‎ 考生需要听出parents和sisters均为复数，才能选对C项。‎ ‎5．边听边记录 ‎ ‎ 由于听的内容较多，即使当时听得很清楚，听完整个独白也可能就忘掉了。考生可以边听边在草稿纸上记下重点内容，如数字、人名、地名等，尤其是数字更容易记错，需要格外注意。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试语法 (典型例题)I often see lights in that empty house. Do you think I report it to the police?‎ ‎ A. should B. may C. will D. can ‎1．A点拨：should-表示有责任、有义务干某事。句意为：“我经常看到那所空房子里亮着打，你认为我应该把这件事告诉警察吗?”．‎ 回顾2 测试语法 (典型例题Mr White at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn't shoW up.‎ ‎ A. should have arrived B. should arrive C. should have had arrived D. should'be arriwng ‎2．A点拨：此句表达过去本应做某事而事实上却没做，故用should have done句式。but后是对过去事实的陈述．这也是本题的难点所在，必须看清楚句意表达的是“怀特先生本应在8：30到达会场，但他却没出现。”‎ 回顾3 (典型例题) No, l'm afraid he isn't in. This is his secretary speaking. Can I help you?‎ ‎ A. Oh,.you will B. Oh, that's a pity C. I should think so D. Well, I look forward to hearing from you ‎3．c点拨：本题切人点在于看出要回答问句“Can I help you?”，故用、l should think so．“我可是这样想的。”‎ 回顾4 测试语法 (典型例题was on the highway when this car went past followed by a police car. They at least 150 kilometres an hour.‎ ‎ A. should have been doing B. must have been doing C. could have done D. would have done ‎4．B点拨：must have been doing表示对过去正在发生事情的肯定推测，意为。必定正在……”，其余选项均无此用法。‎ 回顾5 测试考点 10 (典型例题Only when your identity has been checked ‎ ‎ A. you are allowed in B. you will be allowed in C. will you allow in D. will you be allowed in ‎5．D点拨：only引导的状语或状语从句开头的句子，主句需要部分倒装。‎ VI．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测1：情态动词should/ought to的用法 ‎ 预测根据：should/oughl to均可表示“应该”，且should have done/ought to have done表示“过去本应该做某事却没做”． shouldn't have done/oughtn't to have done表示“过去本不应该做某事却做了”，这是高考命题的一个重点。另外。should在口语中表示委婉、谦逊或惊奇、失望、惋惜等情绪的用法，对考生来说是一个难点，要特别留意。 ‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：should/ought to的这几种用法通常会在单项选择或完形填空题中考查到．且会与其他的情态动词放在一起进行辨析。需要考生根据所提供的具体语境作出判断。‎ 预测2：only放在句首的倒装句型 ‎ 预测根据：only后接介词短语、状语从句或副词时，放在句首，会引起主句倒装。这一要点是考查倒装句型时一个重要的出题点．需要引起考生的重视。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：only置于句首引起倒装的句型会在单项选择中出现。考生务必搞清楚只有only后接状语时才会引起倒装形式。 ‎ 预测3：辨析：fit．suit ‎ 预测根据：动词的辨析是高考考查的重点内容之一。fit，suit均可表“适合；合适”，但fit强调大小方面，可引申为“吻合”； suit强调颜色、款式方面的适合．也可表示时间、条件等的适合。 在不同的语境中．应选择出一个合适的词与之对应，这是高考考纲的要求。 ‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：fit．suit的辨-析会在单项选择或完形填空中出现。要求考生根据所提供的语境，作出适当的选择。‎ 预测4：Seeing the doctor时的交际用语 ‎ 预测根据：看病是与我们日常生活密切相关的一个话题，如何表达与这一类话题有关的交际用语是高考题对交际用语考查的一个重点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：Seeing the doctor时的交际用语考查通常会在听力测试部分进行．考生应熟知表达这一话题时的习惯用语，准确听出医生和病人之间对话时所传达的信息。‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的话题是健康饮食，是与我们生活密切相关的一个话题。高考题目中与之相关的话题最有可能在完形填空或阅读理解中出现·文章可以介绍某种食品并评价其优劣，也可以对与我们生活习惯有关食物的优劣进行评价以及对一些饮食习惯表达自己的看法等等。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点 10 Only when you have finished your work go home.‎ ‎ A. can you B. would you C. you will D. you can ‎1．A点拨：only+状语从句放在句首，后面的主句用倒装形式。‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点 13 He was so lucky that he was not hurt in the fire.‎ A. a bit B. a little C. any D. less ‎2．A点拨：前面有He was so lucky说明他没有受伤，所以用not a bit“一点儿也不”，而not a little表示“非常”，不合题意。‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点 8 Ive got a bad headache and can't sleep at night.‎ ‎ -- Let me examine you.‎ A. Don't mind B. Take it easy C. You should go to see the doctor at once D. You'll be feeling well soon ‎3．B 点拨：Take jt easy．别担心，不要紧。医生安慰病人的用语。 ‎ ‎[备考4]测试语法 ---Oh, Ive missed the good chance.‎ ‎ -.Yes. You t'he job when it was ‎ A. should have taken; offered B. should take; offered C. might have taken; offering D. had taken; offered ‎4．A点拨：should have taken the job本应该接受这份工作，所以自己认为“Ive missed the good chance”，另外，job与offer 之间是被动关系，应用offer的过去分词形式，所以答案为A。‎ ‎[备考5]测试考点 7 the boy looked up at his father to see if his father was taking notice of him.‎ ‎ A. Now and then B. From now on C. Up to now D. Now that ‎5．A 点拨：noW and then时而，偶尔；from now on从现在起，up to now一直到现在；now that既然，由于。句意为：“那孩子不时地抬头看他的父亲是否在注意他。”‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点 11 I don't like the dress. The bright red colour doesn't me.‎ ‎ A. fit B. suit C. match D. suitable ‎6．B点拨：fit指大小的适合。可引申为“吻合”l suit指颜色、款式，时问安排方面的合适match指“相配，匹配”；suitable是形容词。在此不合适。‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点 2 He is a diligent person. His persistence his victory.‎ A. gaining B. gains C. is gaining D. gain ‎7．B点拨：根据句子结构知空白处需填谓语，故先排除A，又根据上句可知要用一般现在时，所以排除c、D。 ‎ ‎[备考8]测试考点 3 I hope I haven't offended her. She sounded rather on the phone.‎ ‎ A. hurting B. hurts C. hurt D. to hurt ‎8．c点拨：sounded为系动词，所以其后须填写hurt的过去分词作表语。‎ 第一册 Unit 14 Festivals I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．argue 2．majority 3．probable 4．honourable 5．national 6．create 7．faithful 8．commerce 9．simila rly1o．salutation 11．celebrate 12．respectful/respectable 13．foolish 14．inwte ‎ 高考须掌握的短语：1．up 2．in 3．on 4．in ‎ Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎ ‎1．symbol n．象征；符号；记号eg：‎ ‎ In this picture the tree is the symbol of Iife and the snake is the symbol of evll．‎ 这幅画中树是生命的象征，蛇是邪恶的象征。‎ 相关链接：syrflbolic adj．象征(性)的；用符号表示的symbolism n．象征主义 symbolist n．象征派作家或艺术家 。‎ 用法拓展；the symbol of………的象征the symbol f0 r…代表……的符号 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1 (典型例题he lion is consid-ered the king of the forest as it is a(n) of courage and power．‎ ‎ A．example B．signC. mark D. symbol 考题1点拨：答案为D。example例子；sign招牌，征兆，迹象!mark痕迹，记号；symbol象征。句意为：“狮子被认为是森林之王，因为它是勇气和力量的象征。‎ ‎2．0pinion n．意见；看法 eg：一His opinions are usually based on facts．他的看法通常有事实根据。‎ 用法拓展:in one's opinion依照……的看法 ‎ have a good/bad/high/lOW opmion of有好感/恶感；评价 ‎ 高/低 be of the opinion that．一认为/主张……‎ 考题2 ( 典型例题 分 ) my opinion, you should ask for his advice before you decide to have an opera- tion. ‎ ‎ A. In B. To C. For D. With 考题2点拨：答案为A。in one's opinion是固定词组，表示“依照……的看法”。‎ ‎3．honour(=honor)vt．尊敬；给以荣誉eg：‎ ‎ Im honoured that you should notice me．你竟注意到我，我感到荣幸。‎ 相关链接jhonour n．尊敬，敬重；荣誉，信誉 ‎ honourable adj．荣耀的，体面的用法拓展：in honour of出于对……的敬意，为了纪念…… a point of ‎ honour有关荣誉的事 do sb．the honour of domg sth．赏光给某人……‎ 考题3 ( 典型例题 分 ) Lei Feng Street, a newly built street in the city, was named Lei Feng.‎ ‎ A. instead of B. by means of C. in favour of D. in honour of "‎ 考题3点拨:答案为D。instead of代替；by means of通过……方式；in favour of赞同，支持；in honour of为了纪念……。句意为：“雷锋街，这座城市刚建成的街道，是为了纪念雷锋而命名的。” ．‎ ‎4．purpose n．目的；意图 eg：‎ ‎ Did you come to London for the purpose of seeing your family，or for busihess ‎ purpose?你到伦敦来的目的是要来看望家人，还是为了公事?‎ 用法拓展：on purpose故意地 to little/no/some/good purpose几乎无/毫无/有些/有很好的结果或效果 考题4 (典型例题) Im sorry I stepped on your toe; it was an accident.‎ ‎ --It wasn't. You did it ‎ A. for purpose B. with purpose C. on purpose D. to purpose 考题4点拨：‘答案为c。on purpose是固定词组，表示“故意地”。5．gift n．礼物；天赋eg：‎ ‎ He has a gift of speaking welI．他天生能说会道。 ．‎ 相关链接：gifted adj．有天才的；有才华的用法拓展：have a gift for sth．有……的天资 ‎ have a g．ft of doing sth．有做某事的天赋 考题5 The child has a gift music.‎ ‎ A. gift ; for B. gifted; to C. gift ; to D. gifted; for 考题5点拨：答案为D。gifted adj．有天才的，有才华的，修饰child。have a gift for sth．有某方面的才华/天资。句意为，：“那个有才华的孩子有音乐方面的天资。”‎ 二、重点短语 ‎6．dless up盛装；打扮；装饰eg： ‎ ‎ we dressed up forthe wedding．我们为参加婚礼而盛装打扮。．‎ 相关链接：dress sb．up把某人打扮一番dres；sth．up(比喻)修饰；掩饰 ‎ be dressed in…穿着……的衣服 be well/poorly dressed穿着考究/破烂get dressed穿衣服 考题6 (典型例题分)On Christmas Day people walked about in the streets their best.‎ ‎ A. and wear B. and put on C. dressed in D. to wear 考题6点拨：答案为c。此句中的谓语动词为walked about。dressod in their best表示“穿着他们最好的衣服”，作方式状语。句意为：“在圣诞节，人们穿着他们最好的衣服在街上走动。”‎ ‎7．pIay a trjck on sb．开某人玩笑；欺骗某人eg：‎ ‎ The children loved playing a trick on their teacher．小孩爱跟老师恶作剧。‎ 考题7 (典型例题)What a nasty trick to play someone who is-supposed to be your friend.‎ ‎ A. to B. for C. with D. on 考题7点拨：答案为D。play a trick on sb．开某人玩笑；欺骗某人。句意为：“对自己的朋友开这种玩笑太过分了。”‎ ‎8．as much as sb．can尽某人之力eg：‎ ‎ We must do as much as we can to make our country better and more ‎ powerful．我们必须尽力使我们的国家更加美好，更加强大。‎ 用法拓展：as+adj/adv+as sb．can尽某人之力……‎ ‎ 可用as+adj．/adv．+as possible来替代。 eg：‎ ‎ He ran as fast as he can．一He ran as fast as possible． 他拼命地跑。‎ 考题8-1 (典型例题分)Bill is a good man,. kind and diligent. Don't be too hard on him. He's doing the job ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ A. as good as he can B. as well as could C. as well as he can D. as good as possible 考题8-2 ( 典型例题 分 ) My friend promised to write to me when he got to Beijing.‎ ‎ A. as fast as possible B. as possible as soon C. as quick as possible D. as soon as possible 考题8—1点拨：答案为C。后一句要用副词well修饰动词词组do the job，故可排除A、D项，B项搭配不对，应为as well-as possi ble，所以C为正确选项。‎ 考题8—2点拨：答案为D。B项搭配不对。A、c项中的fast、qurck在此句中修饰write to me均不合适，as soon as possible表示时间上尽快干某事。句意为：“我的朋友答应他到北京后会尽快给我来信。”总结提示：使用as+adj．/adv．+as sb．can/possible句式时，妻先确定句式搭配正确，再确定用合适的形容词或副词与所修饰成分的搭配。‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎9．本单元的重点交际用语是如何表达和支持某种观点。注意以下的几种表达：‎ In my opinion, we should... I believe we should... I hope we can make a decision We must decide... If we do this, we can... I don't think it is necessary to...‎ 考题9 (典型例题)--You can't finish "the book in less than an hour, I suppose! ‎ ‎ A. Yes, Im sure I can B. No, hardly C. Sorry, I can't D. t don't think I can 考题9点拨：答案为A。前面是表示否定的陈述句；后用Yes回答：意思是“不”，与Im sure I can相对应，表示不同意前者的观点。‎ 四、重点句型 ‎ ‎10．The Day of the Dead is an ancient festival celebrated in Mexico． 亡人节是墨西哥的一个古老节日。‎ ‎ the dead已故的人，“the+形容词”表示一类人，这一结构作主语时谓语动词要用复数形式。 eg：‎ ‎ The young should respect the old．年轻人应该尊重老年人。 ，‎ ‎ The blind study in special schools．盲人在特殊学校学习。‎ 用法拓展：the brave勇者the poor穷人the rich富人 ‎ the sick病人the living活着的人the wounded伤病员 ‎ the deaf and dumb聋哑人 the unemployed失业的人 考题10 The whole city in deep sorrow at the news and the old extremely sad.‎ ‎ A. was; was B. were; were C, was; were D. were; was 考题10点拨：答案为c：the whole city指“整座城市”时，用单数谓语动词，the old指“老年人”，用复数谓语动词。句意为：“听到这个消息，整座城市沉浸在悲痛之中，老年人尤其伤心。” ’‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎11．common，ordinary ‎ common指许多事物或人所共同具有的常见的性质；ordinary指由于与一般事物的标准或品质相同而所具有普通的性质。 eg：‎ ‎ Colds are common in winter．冬天感冒是很常见的。‎ ‎ I use ordinary gasoline．我使用普通汽油。‎ 考题11 ( 典型例题 分 ) Whoever has sense knows that smoking is harmful to people's health.‎ ‎ A. normal B. general C. ordinary D. common 考题11点拨：答案为D。normal正常的，generaI通常的，。rdinary普通的，common常见的。common sense常识。句意为：“任何有常识的人都知道吸烟有害人的健康.”‎ Ⅲ．浯法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 情态动词(二)must；have to；have got to的用法 ‎1．must的用法总结归纳如下：‎ ‎ 用法 ‎ must must not ‎ 例句 ‎ 表示必要。‎ They must find out the new information as quickiy as poss’ble．他们必须尽快搞清新 的信息。‎ 表示推断或揣测，指极有 可能或不可避免，意为 ‎“一定会；一定要；一定 是”。must后跟不定式的 一般式表示对现在情况 的猜测，must后跟不定式 的进行式表示对现在正 在发生或将来正在发生 的事情的推测，must后跟 不定式的完成式表示对 过去情况的猜测。‎ Hello．You must be Dr Yang．你好，你一定是杨博士吧。‎ You must be joking!你是在开玩笑吧!‎ The doctor Manette tea“sed that the girl must have been badly treated．‎ 曼奈特医生意识到这女孩一定受到了虐待。‎ So she must have taken that too．那么她一定把那个也带走了。‎ 表示与说话人愿望相反 及不耐烦．意为“偏要”。‎ The machine must break down at this busy hour．正忙的时候，机器偏偏坏了。Why must you ask such silly questions?你为什么偏要问这些愚蠢的问题?‎ 表示 禁止。‎ In some Asian countries·you must not touch the head of another person．‎ 在一些亚洲国家，你绝对不可以触摸另一个人的头。‎ ‎2．have to表示必须、应该(客观需要)；比must有更多的时态形式。 eg：‎ ‎ I have to follow his advice．我得听从他的建议。‎ ‎ I had to do some extra work last night． 昨天晚上我得加班。‎ ‎3．have got to相当于have to，通常用于非正式文体中。 eg：‎ I have got to go now．我现在得走了。‎ 考题1 (典型例题-- return the dictionary within three days?‎ ‎ --No, you You it for five days.‎ ‎ A. May; needn't; can borrow ‎ B. Can; mustn't; would have ‎ C. Must; don't have to; can keep ‎ D. Shall; can't; should read 考题2 (典型例题)l promised to get there before 5 o'clock, but now the rain is pouring down. They ‎ for me impa-tiently.‎ ‎ A. may wait B. ought to wait C. could wait D. must be waiting 考题3 (典型例题- you make so much noise?--Sorry, I’ll take care not to. ‎ A. Must B. Can C. May D. Would 考题1点拨:答案为c。在must问句中,否定回答用needn't或don't have to!有时间状语for five days，就不可以与borrow连用，can表示许可。 ‎ 考题2点拨：答案为D。must be waiting现在。一定在等待。must be doing表示对现在正在进行的情况的肯定推测。句意为：“我答应在5点钟前到达．但现在雨下得正大，他们一定在不耐烦地等我。” ‎ 考题3点拨；答案为，A。must表示与说话人愿望相反及不耐烦，意为“偏要……。句意为：。你俯要弄出这么大声音吗?"-对不起．我会注意不这样了。‎ IV．专题探究由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：专题详解： ‎ ‎ 短文改错(Proofreading and Correcting)，直译为“校对并改正”，是借鉴美国大学入学考试(SAT)、托福考试(TOEFL)、研究生入学考试(GRE)和智谋考试(GMAT)等中的单句改错和短文改错题型演变而来的．高考中所选文章大多是关于日常生活和人物介绍的记叙文，偶尔也有应用文，如书信等。命题特征一般为更换词6道，缺词和多词共3道，整行正确l道．即6：3：1。‎ ‎ 考查内容多以实词为主，其中对动词的．考查最多。动词的考查分为：谓语动词和非谓 语动词两种。谓语主要考查时态、语态、主谓一致；非谓语动词主要考查不定式、分词和动名词的使用及前后一致关系。代词的考查有：各类代词是否混淆或误用，代词前后是否指代一致．以及代词的漏用(如关系代词的漏用等)。冠词的考查点为：单数名词是否缺冠词；复数名词、物质名词、抽象名词泛指时是否多冠词；各类名词特指时是否少了定冠词；习惯用语或句型在使用中是否遗漏或添加了多余的冠词。考查形容 词或副词，考点多为：形容词、副词的混淆使用。考查名词，测试的重点为：名词的数，尤其是复数名词的构成规则和名词的用法。连词的考点为：并列连词和从属连词是否误用，是否合乎逻辑。高考短文改错中的介词测试点为固定搭配或习惯用法中是否多余或漏掉介词。‎ 解题技巧与方法，一般也是“三遍法”‎ ‎1．通读全文，弄清短文大意。‎ ‎ 不少考生在做短文改错时，只把注意力集中在寻找语法错误和用词的错误上，而忽视了对文章的通篇理解。造成判断失误。所以要首先弄清文章大意，理解上下文之间的关系，才能正确做题。‎ ‎2．仔细推敲，考虑错误的可能存在形式．并加以改正。‎ ‎3．复读全文．检查复核答案。‎ ‎ 做完题后，应把短文重读一篇，从意思和语言上再仔细推敲，检查所改答案能否使全文流畅，用词搭配是否正确，语法使用是否规范等。‎ V．考题类型一网打尽 蓦然回首 灯火阑珊 回顾1 测试考点 6 (典型例题 in a white uniform, he looks more like a cook than a doctor.‎ ‎ A. Dressed B. To dress C. Dressing D. Having dressed ‎1．A点拨：be dressed in…穿着……衣服．因前后主语一致，故省略了be。‎ 回顾2 测试语法 (典型例题)children under 12 years of age in that country be under adult supervision when in a public library.‎ ‎ A. must B. may C. can D. need ‎2．A点拨：must表示“必须”，是强制性的一种表达。‎ 回顾3 测试语法(典型例题)John, look at the time. you play the piano at such a late hour?‎ ‎ A. Must B. Can C. May D. Need ‎3．A点拨：must意为“偏要”。表示说话人的一种不满情绪。‎ 回顾4 测试语法 (典型例题分)According to the local regulations, anyone who intends to get a driver's license ‎ take an eye test.‎ ‎ A. can B. must C. would D. may ‎4．B点拨：must必须，can能够。would愿意，may可以。句意为“根据当地的规定，任何人要想获得驾驶执照必须进行视力测试。” ‎ 回顾5 测试语法 (典型例题--Who is the girl standing over there?‎ ‎ --Well, if you know, her name is Mabel.‎ ‎ A. may B. can C. must D. shall ‎5．C点拨：must必须，一定；may表示“可能性”．may know可能知道，与句子的意思矛盾；can能够；shall用于第二人称表示说话人的意图。支配对方的行动，含有命令、恫吓等语气。句意为“哎，如果你非要知道，(那我就告诉你)她的名字叫美宝。”故选o。‎ VI．2011年高考题预测 高瞻远瞩 占尽先机 一、考情预测 年考情预测 预测 1：情态动词must的用法 ‎ 预测根据：must是情态动词中极为重要的一部分。可表示必要，与not连用表禁止；用于表示肯定的推断或揣测；可表示与说话人愿望相反及不耐烦，意为“偏要”。这几点都是must使用中要注意的问题，也是高考考查的重点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：对must以上几个考点的考查会出现在单项选择或完形填空题中，并会设置同类的一些情态动词，要求考生针对所提供的语境进行选择，选出适合所表意图的情态动词。‎ ‎ 预测2：the+形容词作主语 ‎ ‎ 预测根据：the+形容词作主语表示一类人或物，应用复数的谓语动词与之对应，这是主谓一致中一个重要的构成部分．在高考题中也是一个热点．但考生往往忽视这一点。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：the+形容词作主语表示一类人或物，通常会在单项选择或短文改错题中出现，这一点应引起考生在备考时的特别注意。‎ ‎ 预测3：与dress有关的动词词组 ‎ 预测根据：dress是一个既可表动作又可表状态的动词，dress up，dress sb．/oneself以及be dressed(in)，get dressed都是高 考考查的重点。尤其是dress使用的灵活性．更易于在此点上灵活设题。‎ ‎ 命题角度预测：与dress有关的搭配．会在单项选择或完形填空中出现。考生尤其要注意：dress后不可接衣服而必须接s1)．或 oneself，它也可单独使用Ibe dressed(in)结构不表被动而表示状态这两点，它们是高考设题最容易考查的问题。‎ ‎ 预测4：如何表达和支持一种观点 预测根据：如何表达和支持一种观点是在交际口语中经常用到的知识，也是高考题中考查交际用语时常常要涉及的内容。‎ 命题角度预测：如何表达和支持一种观点．使用交际用语In my opinion…；I hope…；I don't think it is necessary等时．常会置于听力测试这一部分进行考查。考生务必搞清说话者对一种观点持何态度，从表达的句式上判断出说话者的意图。‎ ‎ 预测5：话题预测 ‎ 本单元的中心话题是“节日”．具体涉及“节日的诞生”、“节日的主题”、“如何庆祝节日”、“习俗”等。语言技能和语言知识都是围绕“节日”这一中心话题设计的。高考题与此话题有关的题目会出现在完形填空或阅读理解部分．题目会涉及节日的起源、发展或庆祝方式。‎ 二、考题预测 ‎[备考1]测试考点4 - What's the of this trip?‎ ‎ - To collect money for the Hope Project.‎ ‎ A. reason B. purpose C. result D. meaning ‎1．B点拨：从后面的回答“为希望工程筹钱”可知，前者问此行的目的。 ‎ ‎[备考2]测试考点 9 Would you do me a favour to give me a ride? ‎ ‎ A. Yes, that's right B. No trouble C. Never mind D. With pleasure ‎2．D点拨：With pleasure．十分乐意。 ‎ ‎[备考3]测试考点 8 Talk less but try to do you can.‎ ‎ A. so many as B. as many as C. as little as D. as much as ‎3．D 点拨：as much as you can相当于as much as possible。‎ ‎[备考4]测试语法 --Must I finish the job in three hours?‎ ‎ --No, you ‎ ‎ A. mustn't B. can't C. don't have to D. may not ‎4．C点拨：don't have to相当于needn't，用于must问句的否定回答。‎ ‎[备考5]测试语法 --Why does Tom know so much about the Great Wall of China？‎ ‎ --He have been there.‎ ‎ A. ought to B. need " C. must D. can ‎5．C点拨：must have done表示对过去情况的肯定推测。‎ ‎[备考6]测试考点 1 The cross is the of Christianity. ‎ ‎ A. symbol B. symbolic C. symbolism D. symbolize ‎6．A点拨：根据句子结构可知句中缺少一个名词，而symbolic为形容词，symbolize为动词，symbolism虽然是名词但不合句意，故选A。‎ ‎[备考7]测试考点3 The president called on all the people should fight for the of the country.‎ ‎ A. honouring B, honour C. honourable D. honoured ‎7．B点拨：“the honour of…”意为“…·的荣誉”。‎ ‎ [备考8]测试考点 5 She's always been able to learn languages easily; it's a ‎ ‎ A. gifted 15. gifting C. ability D. gift ‎8．D 点拨:句意为：“她学习语言一向是轻而易举，这是天分。”‎ ‎[备考9]测试语法 Johnny, you play with the knife. You hurt yourself.‎ ‎ A. won't; can't B. mustn't: may C. shouldn't; must D. can't; shouldn't ‎9．B 点拨．mustn't表示禁止，意为：“千万不要，一定别”。may表示可能性。‎ ‎[备考10]测试考点 3 Washington. a state in the United States. was named one of the greatest American presidents.‎ ‎ A. in honour of B. instead of C. in favour of D. by means of ‎10A 点拨：in honour of为了纪念……；instead of代替……；in favour of赞成/支持……lby means of通过……的方式。‎ ‎[备考11]测试考点 9 Do you think our basketballers played very well yesterday? ‎ ‎ A. They were not nervous at all ‎ ‎ B. They were still young ‎ C. They played naturally ‎ D. They couldn't have done better ‎11．D l与拨此交际用语用来表示赞同前者所表达的观点。句意为：“你认为我们的篮球队员昨天表现得好吗?～他们不可能比这做得更好了。”‎ ‎[备考12]高考新题型：阅读填空题 ‎ Man: ... and lastly this week I have some information about a course at the County College near Burnside, which might be of interest to .someone wanting a late-season break, or to groups. They tell me they have spaces on their County Sports courses the weekend after next. There are three courses that you might like to join: fishing, hill-walking, and rock-climb ing. So, quite a lot of variety there. The fishing is open to any one over the age of 12, and so is. the hill-walking: For the rock climbing you must be sixteen or older, for safety reasons. All these courses are really enjoyable.‎ BURNSIDE COUNTY COLLEGE County Sports Weekends ‎ COURSE ‎ AGE ‎ Fishing ‎ 12+‎ ‎ (1) ‎ ‎ (2) ‎ ‎ Rock-climbing ‎ 16+‎ ‎12．(1)Hill-walking(2)12+‎ 第一册 Unit 15 The necklace I．单元知识点全览 工欲善其事 必先利其器 高考须掌握的词汇：1．recognition2．sure 3．explanation 4．continuous 5．Attendance 高考须掌握的短语：1．on 2．back 3．night 4．off 5．at 6．act Ⅱ．考点过关 过关斩将 一马平川 考点详解 精剖细解 入巿三分 一、重点词汇 ‎1．recognise vt．认出；辨认；承认 eg：The moment I picked up the phone，I recog nised his voice．我一拿起电话就听出了他的声音。‎ 相关链接：recogni。。tion n．认出，承认 beyond/out of recognition(……得)使人认不出用法拓展．be recognised as 被公认为/承认是…… recognise sb．/sth．as/to be…认为某人/某物是……eg：‎ ‎ Tom is recognised as the best student in the school．汤姆被公认为该校最优秀的学生。 ‎ Everyone recognised him as/to be the lawful heir．大家认为他是合法继承人。‎ 特别提醒：recognise是非延续性动词，不与一段时问连用。recogmze是recog— nise的另一种写法。‎ 案例剖析 旁征博引 举一反三 考题1 (典型例题My uncle from Hong Kong has changed so much that I could hardly him at the airport．‎ ‎ A．understand B．realize C．know D．recognize 考题1点拨：答案为D。understand理解；realize意识到；know认识，知道；recognize认出。句意为：“香港来的叔叔变化如此之大，以至于在机场我差点没认出他来。”‎ ‎ 2．coatinue vi．&vt．继续 eg：we continued up the hi11 on horseback．我们骑着马继续上山。‎ 相关链接：continuous adj．连续的；继续的continual adj．不断的；频繁的用法拓展：continue doing sth．/to do sth．/with sth．继续做某事特别提醒：continue可用作系动词，后接形容词或介词短语作表语，如考题2。‎ 考题2 (典型例题 分) The weather will fine, I think.‎ ‎ A. go to B. keep on C. carry on D. continue 考题2点拨：答案为D。空白处后面的fine是形容词，所以要选系动词，continue可作系动词用。‎ ‎3．mateh vt．与……相配eg： The carpets should match the curtains．地毯应该和窗帘相搭配。‎ 相关链接：match n．火柴；比赛；对手用法拓展：a cIose mateh一场势均力敌的比赛 meet one's match遇到对手特别提醒：fit v ．强调“大小”的适合，引申为“吻合”；SUit强调“颜色、款式”的适合及时间安排的合适；mateh强调“与……相配”。‎ 考题3-1 (典型例题) Ive visited a lot of different places and stayed in lots of different hotels, but none of them this one..‎ ‎ A. makes B. beats C. compares D. matches 考题3-2 (典型例题 分)--This pair of shoes is too small to me. Could you show me a.nother?‎ ‎ --of course. Please look at these ones.‎ ‎ A. be fit for B. fit C. suit D. match 考题3—1点拨：答案为D。match在此句中表示“与……相配；匹配”。‎ ‎ 考题3—2点拨：答案为B。be fit for表示某人适合某事/物；fit表大小的适合；suit指颜色、款式的适合；match指匹配。在此句中指鞋子尺码的适合，故选B。‎ ‎4．worth adj．(尤用于be之后)值……；相当于……的价值eg：‎ ‎ The city is worth a second visit．这城市值得再次参观。‎ 相关链接：worthless adj．无价值的；无用的 ‎ ‎ worthy adj．值得尊敬的；值得重视的 ‎ worthwhile adj．值得花精力(时间)的；值得花钱的 ‎ worth n．价值用法拓展：be(well)worth doing(很)值得做 ‎ be worthy of being done/to be done……值得做 ‎ It is worthwhile doing/to do…做某事值得特别提醒．be worth doing中doing必须用主动形式，但表示被动 ‎ 意义，且不能用不定式。‎ 考题4-1 (典型例题 分) It is a beautiful cell phone but it is not the price. You should have thought it over.‎ ‎ A. reasonable B. valuable C. fit D. worth 考题4-2 Is the film worth ?‎ ‎ A. being watched B. seeing C. to look at D. watching 考题4—1点拨：答案为D。be worth the prioce值这个价钱，be worth后接名词时只限于表价值的名词。‎ 考题4—2点拨：答案为B。be worth后跟doing，不接不定式，doing用主动式表被动意义。此题中用see袁看电影而不用watcho 二、重点短语 ‎5．call on访问；号召；邀请eg：‎ ‎ We can call on Mary tomorrow．我们明天能拜访玛丽。‎ ‎ The president called on the peopIe of the country to work hard ‎ for national unity．那位总统号召全体国民为国家的统一而奋斗。‎ 用法拓展：call on/upon sb．探访/访问某人 call at some place访问某地 Call for sb．/sth．接某人/要求某事 call out大声叫喊；下令(某人)支援 call upring up打电话 考题5-1 (典型例题 分 )--What time would you like me to this evening for the concert?‎ ‎ I think 6:30 will be OK.‎ ‎ A. pick up you B. call you for C. call on you D. call for you 考题3-2 (典型例题)--Have you. any information?-‎ ‎ --No, Im, going to the business department.‎ ‎ A. picked up; call at B. picked out; call on C. got; call on D. received; drop in 考题5—1点拨：答案为D。pick up可表示用车接(某人/某物)，但up是副词，代词应插入到piek与up之间；call on sb．表示拜访某人，显然意思不对，call for sb．接某人，for为介词。故不选B。‎ ‎ 考题5 2点拨:答案为A。pick up表示“获得”tcall at some place表示访问某地；call on表示“访问”时后接人而不接地点dtop in为不及物动词词组，搭配形式为drop in Oil sb．/at some place。‎ ‎6．pay off还清(债务等)；付清eg： ‎ ‎ After ten years of hard work，they paid a11 their debts off．十年的艰苦劳作之后，他们还清了所有的债务。‎ 用法拓展：pay for sth．为……付钱pay back归还；偿还 ‎ pay sb．for sth．为……给某人报酬pay sb．a visit拜{方某人 ‎ pay attention to注意……‎ 考题6 ( 典型例题分 ) After three years of hard work, they had at last paid all the money they had.borrowed.‎ ‎ A. for B. out C. in D. back 考题6点拨：答案为D。从aIl the money they had horrowed可知，词意为“偿还，还钱”。‎ 三、重点交际用语 ‎ ‎7．well，1 would rather not telI you．我最好不告诉你。‎ ‎ (1)wonld rather(not)do最好/宁愿(不)做某事eg：‎ ‎ I would rather stay at home than go to see a film with him．‎ ‎ 我宁愿呆在家里也不愿和他一起去看电影。(2)在上下文清楚的情况下，可以省略不定式，只留not一词。 eg：‎ ‎ 一Want to have an orange?吃个橘子吗?‎ ‎ 一No，1 would rather not．不．我不想吃。(3)would rather+从句(用虚拟语气)e譬：‎ ‎ I’d rather you didn't teIl him．我宁可你不告诉他。‎ 考题7 (典型例题 分) l'm sorry I have forgotten to post the letter for you. Shall I post it tomorrow?‎ ‎ I’d rather you it right now.‎ A．post B．posted C．to post D．posting 考题7点拨；答案为B。would rather后接从句时，用虚拟语气。‎ 四、重点句型 ‎8．I don't think I know you．我想我不认识你。‎ 用法拓展：注意英汉表达方式上的不同。英语中“我想我不”，主句的动词用think．expect，believe，imagine，suppose等的否定式，后面的宾语从句中的动词则用肯定式，称作否定的转移。 ‎ ‎ 注意其反意疑问句部分，当句子的主语为第一人称。后面的反意疑问句根据从句而定。若为第一人称以外的人称，则随主句而定。eg：‎ ‎ We don't think it will rain，will it?我们认为不会下雨，是吗?‎ ‎ He doesn't think it will rain．does he?他认为不会下雨，是吗?‎ 考题8(典型例题I don't expect you can finish the work in three days. ?‎ ‎ A. don't I B. do I C. can you D. can't you 考题8点拨:答案为c。在否定转移的句子中，后面的反意疑问句应根据主句的主语而定，若主句的主语为第一人称，就根据从句反问。若为第一人称以外的人称．就根据主句反问。‎ 五、词语辨析 ‎ ‎9．receive，accept都可表示“接受，收到”的意思 receive意为“接到，收到”．指收到东西这个事实．不含有本人是否愿意“接受”这层意思。‎ ‎ accept意为“接受”，指通过考虑．自己同意或愿意接受。还可表示“吸收入党、团等”。‎ 特别提醒：receive也可作“接见、接待”讲，如receive guests接待客人。‎ 考题9 ( 典型例题1 分 ) They gladly the offer to teach at the school.‎ ‎ A. promised B. agreed C. received D. accepted 考题9点拨：答案为D。accept强调主观上接受，receive强调客观上收到。句意为：。他们高兴地接受了在那所学校任教的提议。”‎ ‎10．because of，because因为；由于 ‎ ‎ 二者意义相同，但because of是介词词组．和后面的词’一起构成介词短语，在句中作状语；because是连词。引导原因状语从句。 eg：‎ 考题10 (典型例题He couldn't go any far-ther his wounded leg.‎ ‎ A. because B. because of C. since D. while 考题10点拨：答案为B。his wounded leg是名词短语，所以不能用连词because连接，而应用because of这一介词短语来连接，用来表原因。‎ Ⅲ．语法归纳 精通规则 游刃有余 情态动词(三)can/could，may/might，must的用法 ‎1．can/could的用法归纳如下：‎ ‎ 用法 ‎ ‎ ‎ 例句 ‎ can ‎ could 表示智力或体力方面的能力或表示客观的可能性。‎ What can I do for you?我能为你做些什么?‎ He could read books in English when he was only five．当他只有五岁时就能阅读英文书籍了。‎ 表示向对方提出请求。‎ Could you please ask him to call me back?你能让他给我回个电话吗?‎ 在否定句、疑问句或感叹 句中表示怀疑、猜测或惊 奇：could较can表示说话人更不确定的语气。‎ You can't be serious．你不可能是当真的。(表示猜测)‎ 一l suggest you ask Mr．Wu．我建议你去问问吴先生。‎ 一Well．yes，it could be．哦．也许是吧。(表示怀疑)‎ 后接不定式的进行时态，‎ 表示对正在进行的动作 的猜测，用于否定句或疑 问句中。‎ They can't be working iIl the laboratory at the moment．现在他们不会在实验室工作。‎ What can Yang Bei be doing now?杨蓓现在会在干什么呢? ‎ 后接不定式的完成式，用 在否定句、疑问句中，表 示对过去发生行为的怀 疑和不确定。‎ The guards couldn't have watched very carefully．哨兵木可能非常仔细地观察。‎ 表示“建议”某人做某事，‎ could较can语气委婉。‎ There are several things we could do．我们可以做几件事。‎ We could visit the town of Aswan．我们可以游览阿斯旺城。‎ 在口语中．代替may或 might．表示被允许。‎ could比can语气更显“犹 豫”和客气。通常用在不 能确定请求会得到同意．‎ 的时候。‎ Could/Can I borrow your reference book?我可以借阅你的参考书吗? ‎ You can smoke in the entrance hall．你可以在人口大堂内抽烟。‎ ‎1 wonder if Icould use y．our phone?我能否用一下你的电话?‎ 用在肯定句中后跟不定 式的完成式，表示事实上 没有实现的行为，并带有 说话人较为和缓的责备 语气。‎ You are late again．You could have got up earlier this morning．你又迟到了。你早上可以早点起来的。‎ 用在wish后的宾语从句 或虚拟条件句中构成谓 语，表示愿望或与事实相 反的动作。‎ ‎1 wish we could go to the seaside today。Pity we live so far from the sea．我希望今天能去海滨，可惜我们住得离大海那么远。 ‎ If you had studied harder．you could have passed the examination．如果你再用功点儿，就能通过考试。‎ 考题1 .(典型例题)She is. late. What have happened to her?‎ ‎ A. should B. must C. can D. would 考题2 ( 典型例题 分 ) Im not sure if Im going to Jeff's party. I go to the concert instead.‎ ‎ A. can B. must C. may D. should ‎2．may/might的用法归纳如下：‎ ‎ 用法 、‎ ‎ 例句 ‎ may I might 表示“被允许”的意思时用“Might I…”较“May I…?”客气些。在“Can I…?”“Could I…?”“May l…?”和“Might I…?”几种形式中，might最客气、最恭敬，但不如其他常用。‎ May I ask you when and where you were born?我可以问一下你是在何时何地出生的吗?一May I use your computer? 我可以用一下你的电脑吗? Yes．go ahead．可以，去用吧。‎ 在肯定句、否定句中表示可能。might还可用在疑问句中表示可能。‎ Why don't you look for someone who might be a special friend?你为什么不去找一位有可能成为特别朋友的人呢?susan may not be in the library now．苏珊现在可能不在图书馆。‎ 后接进行式，表示对正在进行的动作的推测。‎ He may be working in the fields．他可能正在地里劳动。They might be holding a meeting in the classroom．他们可能正在教室里开会。‎ Fang Qun may have been to the USA．He speaks English with an American 后接完成式的不定式，表示对过去发生的行为的推测。‎ ‎ accent．方群可能去过美国，他讲英语带有美音。‎ 表 ‎ 示 ‎ 祝 ‎ 愿 采用部分倒装语序：May+主语+动词原形+…!‎ ‎ May you succeed!祝你成功! May the friendship between our two peoples last for ever!祝我们两国人民的友谊万古长青!‎ ‎ 用在虚拟条件句中构成谓语。表示可能，有时表示事实上没有实现的行为。‎ If you had invited her，she might have come．如果你邀请她的话，她或许会来的。‎ 用在由so that或in order that引导的目的状语从句中。‎ Keep the young plants in the shade so that they may not be burnt by'the sun．把幼苗放在阴凉处，以免太阳把它们晒枯。 ‎ 考题3 (典型例题)‎ ‎ --Didn't you know that you went driving at 100 kilometers an hour, Madam?‎ ‎ - . My old car can do no more than 80, officer.‎ ‎ A. I may not have been B. I couldn't have been C. I mustn't have been D. I shouldn't have been ‎3．有关must的用法已在前一课详细论述，此处不再赘述。‎ 考题1点拨；答案为C。can在这里表示“可能”。can have done表示从现在眼光看来“过去可能发生了某事”，而且其结果与现在有关。can have done大都用在否定句和疑问句中。 ‎ 考题2点拨：答案为C。根据Im not sure．可知“可能会去听音乐会”。 ‎ 考题3点拨：答案为B。根据“我的旧车只能跑80'’，可知“一定不是我的车每小时跑100公里”。couldn't have been表示对过去事情的否定推洲。 ‎ IV．专题探究 由点及面 由表及里 专题探究：专题详解：‎ ‎1．would与used to的用法区别 ‎ 用法 ‎ 例句 Would表示过去反复发生的动作或某种倾向，后面接表示动作的动词，不能接表示认识或状态的词。‎ When he was young．he would work into the night．他年轻时总是工作到深夜。‎ used to表示过去的习惯动作或状态，强调现在已不存在。 ‎ He used to get up early，but now he gets up very late．他过去常常起得很早，但现在却起得很晚。 ‎ ‎2．should与would的用法区别 ‎ 用法 ‎ 例句 should表示应该做的事情，或现在应承担的责任或义务，有时也表示一种推测。‎ We should read English every morning．我们每 天早晨应该读英语。‎ You should brush your teeth before going to ‎ bed．你睡觉前应该刷牙。 ·‎ would用于现在时的时候，比will委婉，表示说话者本人的意志或向对方提出请求，也表示过去习惯发生的动作。‎ Would you please tell me the way to the Beijing Zoo?请问去北京动物园怎么走?‎ When we were at middle school，we would go swimming in winter．我们上中学时，常常去冬泳。‎ ‎3．may．might，must表示推测时的用法区别 ‎ 用法 ‎ 例句 may，might，must可表示推测“可能”。根据表示可能性的大小，我们把这三个词排列为：might~may